CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 'lSl5il»!?SliS!?S±.I!^,.,?Sence Of educatio olin,an? ^^^4 031 686 847 Cornell University Library The original of tliis book is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924031686847 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SCIENCE OF EDUCATION BY WILLIAM H. £ATNE, A.M. professor op the science and the art op teaching in the university micuigan ; adthob op "ciiapters on school supervision" and "out- lines of educational doctrine;" editor of "page's theory and practice of teaching;" and translator op com- payre'3 "histoire de la PEDAGOGIE" NEW YOEK HAEPER & BEOTHEES, FRANKLIN SQUARE 1886 UNIV:::"rMTYL Copyright, 1886, by Harpek & Brothkbs. All righta reserved. INTRODUCTION. Of the three phases of educational study, the historical, the practical, and the scientific, it is the last which I pro- pose to discuss in the papers composing this volume. The question of method is of very high importance, but the final test of method is doctrine. The history of edu- cation, or of the manifold attempts that have been made to solve the educational problem, is of supreme impor- tance, but experiences and experiments can be intei'preted and estimated only by the light of science. The ques- tion of educational doctrine is therefore fundamental. It is a hopeful sign of progress in education that we are now fairly entering upon the discussion of principles and doctrines. Hitherto there has been a discussion of methods, often without a criterion, and even when a standard of values has been proposed, the final test has been success or failure; but reflection shoWs that the only absolute criterion is principle or law. And so we observe that in the press and in the convention there is a growing disposition to carry an appeal to the court of last resort, educational science. Every author who records his serious convictions and the results of his deliberate thinking doubtless owes it to his vi INTKODUCTION. readers to forewarn them of the main ideas that inspire his efforts. Such a clew is the more necessary in a vol- ume of detached essays like those which follow, and I bespeak the attention of the reader to the following state- ments, both as an aid to himself and as an act of cour- teous justice to me. I am in nowise disposed to break with the past and to dream of an approaching revolution in educational theory and practice. A better future for the schools is doubt- less foreordained, but this is to be. a growth, slow and halting, like all higher forms of growth, and a growth out of past conditions and products. The institutions of a people, to be serviceable and helpful, cannot be far in advance of their actual condition ; and if the dream of the educational utopist could be realized in form, it would be inoperative with men and things as they are. It is well that our previsions are only relative. We need to aspire in order that we may grow ; but the roots of all true growth in civilization reach far back into the soil of tlie past. Since the human mind has been studied by the acutest thinkers of all ages and countries, and since the wisest and the best of men have been working at the educational problem under all conceivable conditions, ethnic, social, civil, and religious, I find it impossible to believe that all this mighty effort must go for naught, and that educa- tional science must be constructed de nemo. That the main data for the establishment of a rational art of educating are now to be found in the current systems of philosophy and psychology seems to me the most probable of infer- INTRODUCTION. vii ences ; and that there really exist a sufficient number of such data to lay the foundations of a science of education seems to me the most palpable of truths. For these reasons may we not think that the present duty of the educational thinker is to select and collate data already established, and to draw from them the rnles for practice ? It is within this field that I have attempted to work, and in the discussions that follow I have tried to do scarcely more than to illustrate and enforce what appear to be well-established and fundamental truths. Perhaps the term tacking will best describe the current mode of educational progress ; in his recoil from what seems to be a serious error in schoolroom practice, the reformer catches hold of some neglected truth, concen- trates his whole soul on his new discovery, denounces the whole existing order of things as irretrievably bad, and by his declamation incites the unthinking and the mal- content to a revolution in methods. Finally the grain of wheat is winnowed from the bushel of chaff, and the pendulum of opinion swings back towards the abandoned truth. In the absence of well-settled principles these epidemics will always be imminent; but with even a few fundamental doctrines distinctly recognized, it would be possible to make progress in an orderly and rational man- ner. Any mode of reform that feels obliged to appeal to popular prejudice rather than to the reflective reason is open to suspicion and distrust. Nearly every one of the so-called "basic principles" bears the ear-mark of some infatuation. Each of them expresses the half of a truth, but with such distortion and exaggeration as to be a vir- viii INTRODUCTION. tual untruth. It is a safe rule to suspect every aphorism that proceeds from the mouth of an over-ardent reformer. Methodical teaching, even if it be mechanical, is much superior to aimless teaching; and so there was an un- deniable gain when exact method was made an essential part of a teacher's professional preparation. But we in- cur a grave danger when we impose on a teacher a specific rule of action divorced from the principle t]^at is its jus- tification. Contrasted with a principle, a rule is undis- criminating, narrowing, unfruitful ; and it must be con- fessed that systematic ti'aining in method has a tendency to rob the teacher of his freedom, his versatility, and liis personal power. Method has an incomparable value wlien it directs capitalized energy, wisdom, and culture; but method is tauglit at some sacrifice of scholarship and culture when it accompanies a teacher's instruction in subjects and is made a characteristic element in his course of study. Freedom and power must come from a much higher source. Teaching is a purely spiritual art, and the higher manifestations of this power are as dependent on inspira- tion as poetry, eloquence, and art are. I have seen teach- ing that was artistic in the same sense that music and painting are artistic. The sources of sncli power doubt- less lie in large measure in a happy constitution of soul that is quite independent of school training; in innate benevolence and sympathy and quick intuitions; but there are also the added elements of wide scholarship, ac- curate mental training, and professional knowledge of the scientific type, as distinguished from the formal rules of INTRODUCTION. JX method. In writing these papers I have had in mind such teaching as I have just tried to indicate. Perhaps, under existing conditions, the most of the work done in the schooh'oom must be mechanical in order to utilize slender teaching ability ; but this only makes apparent the supreme need of encouraging those who purpose to teach to covet the best gifts. Tlie practice of medicine and law is attractive to men of talent because there is so wide a field for the exercise of their versatility and skill. The succession of new and intei'esting problems awakens and sustains a noble passion for triumphing over difficulties, which gives keen enjoy- ment to professional life. These victories and delights are due to the previsions of science ; the delicious sense of power comes from fruitful knowledge. But perhaps even a keener enjoyment comes from the consciousness of growth, and of taking progressive steps in an honor- able career. All these avenues to enjoyment are open to the teacher provided he has professional competence and skill — pro- vided he has that kind of knowledge which can give him power over the remote and the difficiilt — provided he has that versatility and freedom which come from the com- prehension of general truths. To the teacher who has gained a real insight into educational principles there is presented a field for the exercise of his higliest intellec- tual gifts, for there is a constant succession of varied and interesting problems which hourly challenge his profes- sional skill. And he may enjoy that grateful sense of growth to which allusion has been made, and he may bo X INTRODUCTION. inspired by the hope of an honorable career. All these things are possible, provided the teacher has formed a love for thinking and has made himself capable of scien- tific prevision. If I interpret my own thoughts aright, my dominant purpose in tha composition of these essays has been to encourage among teachers the habit of serious reflection upon some of the greater problems in education, to the end that they may find a .new delight in an occupation otherwise monotonous and uninspiring. The first need of tlie teacher is to be reasonably happy in his work, and I feel sure that the source of this happiness is in the di- rection I have tried to indicate. I wish I might gain the ear of young men who are ambitious to rise in the world through the doing of good. To those who can treat grave questions with judicial seriousness and fair- ness tliere is no field of activity more inviting than that of the educational thinker. Need I remind the reader tliat the questions discussed in these essays are "open questions"? On no one of them has the last word been said ; and any one whose thinking has been patient, catholic, and candid has the right to be heard. The most thoughtful and fruitful book on education since tlie "Emile" is undoubtedly Spencer's " Education," and by common consent it is the most authoritative expression of the doctrine that is now in tlie ascendant among educational reformers. It may be doubted whether any thinker since Aristotle has been endowed with such powers of analysis and comprehension as are conspicuous in Mr. Spencer's pliilosophical writino-s; INTRODUCTION. xj but this vast power of generalizing is the source of error whenever, as in Mr. Spencer's case, studies are not " bounded in by experience." Indeed, this is a very con- spicuous case in which " studies do give forth directions too much at large." It is a notable fact that the men who, like Kousseau, Locke, and Spencer, have written the most absolutely on education have been men of little or no experience in actual teaching. I trust the reader will not think it presumption, then, that I have ventured to call in question some of Mr. Spencer's broadest gener- alizations. For many years I have been compelled to study educational questions on their purely practical side, and the attempt to convert Mr. Spencer's formulas into working rules first suggested to me the probability tliat tliis love for generalizations had betrayed him into error. In bringing these essays together into a volume I have tried to cancel repetitions that almost involuntarily appear in such a series of detached papers ; but after all my care some such repetitions of tliought, expression, and illustra- tion remain to tax the indulgence of the reader. W. H. Payne. TJniveesitt of Michigan. CONTENTS. Pace X. IS THERE A SCIENCE OP PEDAGOGICS ? 1 II. THE SCIENCE OP EDUCATION, ITS NATURE, ITS METHOD, AND SOME OP ITS PROBLEMS 1 III. CONTRIBUTION TO THE SCIENCE OP EDUCATION VALUES 81 IV. THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH AND SOME APPLICATIONS OF THIS DOCTRINE TO TEACHING 69 V. THE GENESIS OP KNOWLEDGE IN THE RACE 61 VL THE MODE OP EDUCATIONAL PROGRESS 102 Vn. OF THE TERMS "NATURE" AND "NATURAL" 138 VIII. THE POTENCY OF IDEAS AND IDEALS 157 IS. "PROCEED FROM THE KNOWN TO THE UNKNOWN" 168 X. TRIBUTE TO FETICH WORSHIP 175 XL LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION 180 XIL THE SECULARIZATION OP THE SCHOOL 199 Xm. TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION.... 217 XIV. THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST 285 XV. EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY 257 XVL THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM 281 XVIL THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE 309 APPUlfDIX. THE STUDY OP EDUCATION IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICH-* IGAN 335 mDUX 349 "Know and then act." — Bias. " Studies perfect nature and are perfected by experience." — Bacdn. "Progress is not a force that acts spasmodically, but is a logical and graduated eTolution in which the idea of to-day is connected with that of yesterday, as the latter is to a still more remote past." — Joseph Simon. "It may perhaps seem to be better, and indeed necessary to the salvation of truth, to subvert the opinions even of our friends. For both being our friends (Plato and truth), it is holy to give the preference to truth." — Aristotle. SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. CHAPTER I. IS THERE A SCIENCE OP PEDAGOGICS ! This question is ambiguous, the two queries involved in it being, (1) Is there a science of pedagogics in posse f Or, (2) Is there such a science in esse f I shall attempt to answer these queries in the order stated. I. Is there, from the very constitution of things, a sci- ence of human training as distinguished from the art of human training? 1. Presumptively there is ; for the established use of the terms science of education, science of pedagogics, and science of teaching, by the leading tliinkers of the age, almost necessarily carries with it the implication that the art of human training lias its correlated science. At least, the current use of this term by men addicted to habits of exact thinking establishes a very strong proba- bility that such a science exists potentially, if not act- ually. 2. The existence of such a science in posse is estab- lished beyond question by the doctrine of two orders of knowledge, a higher and a lower, each of which is tlie complement of the other. These two orders of knowledge may be called the speculative and the practical; the speculative resulting 1 2 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. from the examination of the established constitution or nature of things, and held by the mind as matter for sim- ple contemplation ; and the practical resulting from the production of effects by the use of means. For example, tlie attentive examination of a new substance may end in the discovery of certain properties or sets of uniformi- ties in relation or behavior ; and as long as this knowl- edge remains in the mind as matter for mere contempla- tion, and is not employed in the way of producing re- sults, it is speculative. But when the knowledge of these uniformities is employed for direction in the working out of results, it becomes practical. The knowledge of astronomy is chiefly of tlie speculative order ; man has but little opportunity to employ the observed uniformi- ties in the production of results. The knowledge of ag- riculture, on the other hand, is chiefly practical, consist- ing in mere methods for the attainment of results. The baker's knowledge of his own art is practical ; he can perform all its processes, but can explain none of them. On tiie other hand, the chemist's knowledge of the baker's art is speculative; he can explain all its processes, but can perform none of them. These contrasted phases of knowledge are universal ; and, by general consent, the terms science and art have been used to mark this dis- crimination. Every art thus implies a science; and, in turn, every science implies an art, actual or possible. A summary answer to the first query is this : By uni- versal consent there is an art of pedagogics, said art con- sisting in certain processes for the attainment of results. But these processes necessarily imply certain nniformi- ties, and these uniformities, when ascertained and put in order, constitute a science of pedagogics. II. Is there a science of pedagogics in esse? IS THERE A SCIENCE OF PEDAGOGICS? 3 The answer to this question depends somewhat on the definition of science. If science be an orderly and ex- haustive deduction of minor truths from a few first prin- ciples that are axiomatic, then there is but one science — mathematics ; but if the term science be construed in the sense explained above, the number of possible sciences is indeterminate, and the number of actual sciences very large. This conception of science does not require that the enumeration of its first principles shall be complete, or that they be arranged in a strictly logical order, or that the series of deductions shall be complete. Sciences may be incomplete in matter and imperfect in form, and still be sciences in the accepted and legitimate use of this term. The science of pedagogics stands in the case last de- scribed; it is still incomplete in its matter, all its first principles not having been formulated ; and it is imper- fect in form, its admitted principles not having been ar- ranged, and deductions from them not having been made with the required completeness and order. Whoever takes an esfablished psychological law and draws from it legitimate deductions that can be employed foi- guidance in educational work, has made a contribution to the sci- ence of pedagogics ; and works like Bain's " Education as a Science," and Kosenkranz's " Pedagogics as a Sys- tem," that discuss, in a comprehensive way, the doctrines of education, are actual treatises on the science of pedagogics. The answer to the second query, then, briefly stated, is this : A science of pedagogies exists as an actual fact, but it is still incomplete in matter and imperfect in form. The need of the hour is a systematic reari'angement of the old material, and the addition of omitted principles and their deductions. 4 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. Though not strietlj' belonging to the above inquiry, I add a paragraph on the general nature of educational sci- ence from my own point of view. The material composing a science of pedagogics is logi- cally distributed as follows : 1. The being to be educated is susceptible of three or- ders of growth : first, physical ; second, mental ; third, moral. A rational art of education must be based on the laws that regulate these three orders of growth. The science of pedagogics must therefore borrow principles from pliysiology, psychology, and ethics. 2. All instruction presupposes a medium of communi- cation. This medium is language ; and the laws of lan- guage, as employed in the communication of knowledge, are expounded in tlie science of logic. The science of pedagogics will therefore borrow other principles from logic. 3. Growth presupposes aliment ; and this aliment, in the present case, is represented by the various subjects of human knowledge. A necessary element in the sci- ence of pedagogics is a determination of edilcation val- ues; but, as there is no independent science for deter- mining these values, this is an inductive inquiry, fall- ing witliin the domain of the science of pedagogics it- self. 4. In passing from the single child to aggregates of children, there arises the need of the organization of schools and school-systems ; and so, the science of peda- gogics must borrow other material from history, sociol- ogy, political science, and legislation. 5. It must be that much valid educational truth is em- bodied in current methods. The analytical examination of results is therefore a necessary part of the science of. IS THERE A SCIENCE OF PEDAGOGICS? 5 pedagogics; and tlie trutlis thus elicited will serve to verify the deductions drawn from assumed principles. 6. Education, in its ideal or formal aspect, aims at the realization of the typical man, and comprises all the agen- cies that can be brought under human control for the at- tainment of this end. The principles that are involved in this whole complex process, when systematically ar- ranged, constitute the science of pedagogics. This I be- lieve to be the authorized use of the term bj' German, French, and Italian writers on education. 7. The term pedagogy should be used to designate the art of education, or, rather, so much of this art as falls within tho province of the school. This distinction is made by the Italian educator, E. Latino,* and seems to me worthy of being accepted by educational writers. 8. The current use of the term pedagogics {Fr. p6da- gogie; It. pedagogica, pedagogia; Ger. padagogik) in French, Italian, and German literature, is a sufficient warrant for the respectability of the term. To afifect a dislike for the word on etymological or historical grounds is childish. f * "Thus pedagogics (pedagogica), or the science of education, is connected with pedagogy (pedagogia), or the art of education; for science has need of art in order to be useful to life, and todirect the conduct of human affairs; and art has need of science in order to be enlightened and made conscious of its own scope and power." — Emanuele Latino, " Delia Pedagogica" (Palermo, 1876), p. 114. t " Pedagogy is the science of education. The word pedagogue is of Greek origin, and signifies a conductor of children. A pedagogue was a slave charged with the duty of conducting children to school. From this wholly material sense the word has been raised to a nobler sense. To-day a pedagogue is he who directs the young intellectual- ly and morally. Can there be a grander mission ?"— Marion, "Le- 90ns de Psychologic AppliquCe ji, I'fiducation" (Paris, 1884), p. 13. 6 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. In his "Histoire de la Pedagogie," M. Compayre takes pains to distinguish the term pedagogy from the term education, using the former in a limited or technical sense, and the latter in a comprehensive or liberal sense.* * See the Introduction to Compayrg's " History of Pedagogy " (Boston, 1886). CHAPTER II. THE SCIENCE OP EDUCATION. — ITS NATURE, ITS METHOD, AND SOME OF ITS PROBLEMS. One of the curiosities of current educational history is the fact that English teachers are still discussing the question, wliether there is a science of education. Tlie cause of this phenomenon is said to be the low state of philosophical studies among the English. Tiiis conject- ure is confirmed by the fact that in Germany and in Scotland, where philosophy has long been in high repute, this question is as far above discussion as an axiom in mathematics. It is probable that, in this country, philo- sophical culture has not yet attained a deptli and a breadth that will make the existence of a science of education a postulate. It is much more probable that when tliis sub- ject has become of sufficient importance to be talked about, there will be sceptics and disbelievers here, as in England. On this subject, our present intellectual state is the unanimity of the ignorant. There are yet to come the disagreements of the inquiring, to be followed, let us hope, by tiie unanimity of the wise.* In human societies there are advanced stages of opinion that seem to come in tlie fulness of time. That is, they do not seem to come as the results of deliberate think- ing, but rather to be evolved out of unconscious or spontaneous thought. In tliis state, these intellectual advances are growths ; and, as such, they escape special * Spencer, "Education" (New York, 1861), p. 101. 8 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. notice on their first appearance, but by and by they be- come the subject of critical analysis, and in the end they are helped forward by deliberate effort. As examples of this law we may observe the three progressive phases of public opinion as to fitness for teaching: 1. Tiie primitive phase of opinion identifies teaching ability with general scholarship. It is assumed that a good scholar will be a good teacher, if he chooses to adopt this vocation. Tliis mode of thought is still embodied in the legal requirements for obtaining a license to teach. The current modes of examining teachers are apparently based on the assumption that mere scholarship is the test of a candidate's fitness and worth. 2. Within the last one hundred years there have been the outcroppings of an advanced opinion. After centuries of experience, the fact had become impressed on some minds that something besides scholarship was needed for success in teaching. This something turned out to be trained skill. To be a teacher, one must know not only the subjects lie is to teach, but as well the best ways by which these subjects are to be taught. This discovery is, by implication, at least twenty-two centuries old. The world had to wait for the genius of Socrates to formulate this general truth : That lohatever a inian proposes to do, that thing he should learn iefore the doing is attempted. Tliis incident from the "Memorabilia of Socrates," by Xen- ophon, is worthy of repetition : Euthydemus, snrnaraed the Handsome, was an ambitious and conceited youno- man of Athens. He aspired to take part in the govern- ment of the city ; and, to create the impression that he was wise above the young men of his time, he had made a large collection of books, and on these he relied as an evidence that he was qualified to become a ruler of Athens ITS NATURE, ITS METHOD, AND SOME OF ITS PROBLEMS. 9 and to give counsel on public affairs. Now Socrates thought it his duty to take the conceit out of this super- ficial and ambitious young man. An opportunity was soon found ; for he surprised Eutliydemus in a company of admiring friends, in a bridle-maker's shop near the Agora — a place to which the young man was accustomed to resort when his political prospects were to be looked after. This is what Socrates said : " 1 imagine that Euthyde- nius here has already framed an exordium for iiis public oration * * * and tliat when lie begins to speak he will make his opening thus : ' I, O men of Athens, have never learned anytliing from any person, nor, though I have heard of some that were skilled in speaking and acting, liave I sought to converse with them, nor have I been anxious that any one of the learned should become my master; but I have done the exact contrary; for I have constantly avoided not only learning anything from any one, but even the appearance of learning anything ; never- theless I will offer you such advice as may occur to me without premeditation.' " Thereupon Socrates proceeds to parody this supposed speech as follows : " I, O men of Athens, have never learned the medical art from any one, nor have been desirous that any physician should be my instructor; for I have constantly been on my guard, not only against learning anything of the art from any one, but even against appearing to have learned anything ; never- theless confer on mo this medical appointment; for I will endeavor to learn by making experiments upon you." "At this mode of opening a speech," Xenophon slyly ob- serves, "all who were present burst out into laughter." * I was led into this digression by remarking that the * "Memorabilia of Socrates" (Watson's translation, New York, 1869), IX., ii., 3-5. 1* 10 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. doctrine is ancient, that men should learn their art be- fore they venture to practise it. Euthydemus held the very modern doctrine, that "we learn to do by doing;" and had he been an applicant for a position in a public school, he would doubtless have urged his claims in this wise : " I, O members of the board, have never learned the art of teaching from any one, nor have I been desir- ous that any teacher should be my instructor; for I have constantly been on my guard, not only against learning anything of the art of teaching from any one, but even against appearing to have learned anything ; nevertheless confer on me this scholastic appointment; for I will en- deavor to learn by making experiments on your cliildren." I think it a curious fact that this Socratic doctrine, so fruitful in its suggestions, did not affect the teacher's calling from this time forward. But the fact remains, that it was not till within about a hundred years that a knowledge of method began to be regarded as an essential element in a teacher's qualification. This second phase of opinion respecting fitness for teaching is embodied in the Normal School, whose original intent was to give a sound academic training in subjects, and at the same time to com- municate the best-known methods of doing school work. 3. But the slow evolution of opinion has brought for- ward a still higher ideal of fitness for teaching. Accord- ing to this conception, the teacher should not only have a broad knowledge of subjects, supplemented by a knowl- edge of the best methods, but should know the general principles and laws that underlie methods, and thus give them their validity. In this progress of opinion, the sequence has been this : (1) knowledge ; (2) knowledge and method ; (3) knowledge, method, and doctrine. Or the successive steps may be stated in another form, as ITS NATUEE, ITS METHOD, AND SOME OF ITS PROBLEMS. 11 follows : At first, the teacher was not differentiated from the scholar, there was no preparatory training; next, the teacher was differentiated from the scholar by method, tlie preparatory training was empirical; now, this pre- paratory training is to be rational^ — method must be the outgrowth of known physiological, psychological, and ethical laws; the ideal teacher must be a man of science in the same sense that the reputable physician is a man of science ; teaching is no longer to be a trade, a mere calling, or an empirical art, but a rational art, an art de- riving its inspiration from science, and basing its practice on established laws. All this amounts to saying that, in tlie slow but sure evolution of human opinion, a science of education is beginning to emerge from the art of ed- ucation : and so the purpose of this chapter is to define, in outline, the nature of this new science, the method of its cultivation, and some of the problems that it must solve. Throughout this chapter I use the term science as dis- tinguished from art, science denoting a higher order of knowledge, and art, a correlated, but lower order, of knowledge. To make my use of these contrasted terms as clear as possible, I discriminate two orders of knowl- edge as follows : AVe may suppose a farmer to know the mere processes or rules of his art, but to be in absolute ignorance of the physical and chemical laws that are in- volved in the art; he can do, but cannot explain what he does. On the other hand, we may suppose a scholar to know all the physical and chemical laws that are in- volved in agriculture, but to be absolutely unable to suc- ceed in a single branch of this art. He can explain all its processes, but can perform none of them. In the first case, there is art without science; and in the second, science without art. Tliis contrast runs through all forms 12 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. of human labor. There is no art that docs not iraplj a science, for there is no effect without a cause.* There may be sciences, however, without correlative arts, because there may be laws that human skill has not employed. The contrast now pointed out has been expressed as follows: "Science consists in knowing, art in doing;" " the principles which art involves, science evolves." The contrast is broadly expressed by the terms theory and practice, as the theory and practice of teaching. Some of the relations of science to art, or of theory to practice, are the following : 1. The ideal knowledge comprehends both doing and knowing — it is theory embodied in prac- tice, ov practice guided and inspired by theory. 2. The largest element in trades is practical knowledge; the largest element in professions is theoretical knowledge. 3. The lower order of knowledge is the easier of attain- ment ; it will, therefore, be the more common, and hence the cheaper ; the labor of highest market value will be that which involves the largest use of the intelligence. 4. The direct route to the perfecting of an art is through a clear comprehension of the principles that are involved in the art.f *Plato speaksof the arriori grounds for thinking that these values are inversely proportional. In studying these values, it is necessary to take the case of pupils whose future vocations have not yet been determined. 4. It would seem that if the intensive (specific) effect of a study be high, its extensive (tonic) effect must be low; and that, if its extensive effect be high, its intensive ef- fect must be low. A subject cannot have a maximum effect of both orders ; but it may have a low or medium value of both orders. I have sometimes employed a special analytical table for the examination of disciplinary values. The follow- ing is an example of what I mean : Sdbjeot. Mem- Obser- Reason. Imag- Fecliog, Compre- ory. vation. iiintion. hension. Arithmetic. M. H. Botany. H. H. M. Geography. H. M. H. M. H. History. H. H. H. H. Literature. H. M. II. M. Physics. L. M. M. Physiology. M. M. L. Grammar. M. H. M. In this table I have tried to indicate, in each case, the 60 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. modes of mental activity that arc chiefly involved, and also tlie different degrees in which they are affected. A blank does not indicate that no effect is produced. By comprehension I mean tlie mental grasping of a definite whole. A study that serves this purpose must be con- cerned with a unit that is large and imposing. I beg leave again to remind the reader that this pres- entation is tentative. The greatest assurance I feel is that the general line of my tliinking is right. A considerable time lias now passed since the fore- going was written, and I have repeatedly thouglit and taught over the ground covered by this discussion. In the main, I feel confirmed both in the distinctions in values wliicli I had noted, and in the practical utility of these distinctions as sources of scientific prevision. On one point of importance, however, my opinion has been changed, and, in making this revision, I prefer to leave tlie first statement in its original form. My purpose is not so much to express the truth as to find it. In the preceding analysis I have spoken of tlie highest form of the disciplinary effect of a study as its culture effect. It now seems to me that the culture value of a subject is so distinct in kind from the merely practical and disciplinary values, as to deserve to be set off by it- self. The distinction drawn between the two discipli- nary effects is valid, and the two terms sjpecifio and tonic may still serve to note this difference ; but culture is not so much a state of potency as a possession ; or, rather, it is a state of potency accompanied by the pleasing conscious- ness of possession. Under this view knowledge may be acquired for three distinct purposes : (1) for tlie practi- cal use that can be made of it ; (2) for the mental power EDUCATION VALUES. 67 generated by tlie efforts at acquirement ; (3) for the men- tal satisfaction coming from the conscious possession of it. If I mistake not, that state of soul wo call culture implies serenity, poise, and contemplative delight. A mind might be perfectly formed, trained, or disciplined, yet, if it were not furnished as well, it could not be called cultured. From this point of view the statement concerning the culture value of mathematics, made in the earlier part of this essay, needs to be qualified. Any sub- ject pursued in such a way and to such an extent as to lead to a great breadth of view, has an element of culture in it; for the cultured man, as Plato says, "has magnifi- cence of mind, and is the spectator of all time and all existence." The analysis of education values, then, which now seems to me valid, is as follows : Education Values. ■< 1. Practical. 1. Direct. 3. Indirect. C 1. Specific. 2. Disciplinary, i (3. Tonic. 3. Culture. While the best disciplinary effect of study is secured by requiring the mind to work under high tension, I think it will be found that a much lower tension is fa- vorable to the culture aim. To undertake to teach his- tory, geography, and literature for tlie distinct purpose of discipline would be a mistake, and would end in fail- ure. These studies produce their best effect through a process of slow infiltration. The matter is to be elabo- rated and assimilated, and so time is a factor of first im- portance. A method that is conversational and discur- sive is best, something resembling the Greek dialectic. 68 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. Education is now suffering from the well-intended ef- forts of narrow constructionists. With some, the prac- tical or utilitarian ideal is set up as the almost exclusive aim. Mr. Spencer is of this class. Others, with equal partiality, affect the disciplinary ideal, and so put a low value on subjects which do not directly and readily min- ister to training. The thought of teachers should be turned to the importance of contemplative knowledge. Knowledge that has neither a practical nor a disciplinary value may still minister in an essential manner to the requirements of complete living. History, literature, and geography certainly serve their highest purpose when they minister to our intellectual pleasures; and I think reflection will make it appear that the general study of science is best defended on this ground. This doctrine of the value of knowledge as a source of intellectual pleasure has a most important bearing on the question of moral education. Truer words than these have not been spoken : " To cause gross natures to pass from the life of the senses to the intellectual life; to make study agreeable, to the end that the higher pleas- ures of the spirit may struggle successfully against the appetites for material pleasures ; to put the book in the place of the wine-bottle ; to substitute the library for the saloon ; in a word, to rejjlace sensation hy idea — such is the fundamental problem of popular education." * * Gabriel Compayifi, "History of Pedagogy" (Boston, 1880), p. 381. CHAPTER IV. THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH, AND SOME APPLICATIONS OF THIS DOCTRINE TO TEACHING. There is tlie same reason why the professional teacher should have an articulate knowledge of psychology as there is that tlie professional physician should be well versed in physiology. The physician needs to know the structure of the human body and the mode of its organ- ic activities, in order that he may adapt means to ends; for skill in an art consists in this deft adaptation. The teacher's art is addressed primarily and principally to the mind ; and, if this art is to be rational, tlie teacher must know the structure of this organism, and the mode of its organic activities. This knowledge of psychology is professional knowledge, strictly so called; i. e., the knowledge that chiefly difPerentiatcs the teacher from the scholar. The most instructive of the general characteristics of mind is its self-activity in the line of growth. This conception involves the following particulars: 1. There must be a supply of something in the nature of aliment that can employ these activities and thus sus- tain this growth. In other words, there must be some- thing upon which the organism can react in such a way that growth may take place through a process of elabora- tion and assimilation. The most general name for this aliment is kn owledge.* * This conception of knowledge is well autlaorized. The follow- inff is a good statement of the thought : "Knowledge is the food 70 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. 2. The elaborating instrument is primarily automatic, and has uniform and predetermined modes of activity ; and in this functional activity there is absolute continu- ity from infancy to maturity. In other words, the func- tional activity of the mind is the same whether in the child or the man ; just as the functional activity of the stomach is the same in both cases. In both departments of growth, the organism may react on one kind of ali- ment and not on another ; but if there is reaction at all, it is uniform in its mode. 3. The kind of growth will depend chiefly on two things: (1) The state of the elaborating organism, as weak or strong ; and (2) the kind of aliment that is as- similated. There are innate differences in mental con- stitution that determine some differences in the results of growth. That marked differences in mental regimen will produce variations in growth is a fact too obvious to require comment. 4. As the mind is constitutionally automatic, mental growth is mainly unconscious ; tlie rule being that when aliment is supplied at the right time, in the right form, and in due quantity, its elaboration will proceed without further assistance. of the miiid. In order that food may strengthen the body, it must be duly digested and assimilated. And so knowledge must be not merely grasped, in its rudiments, by the indiscriminating mem- ory, but it must be comprehended and, so to speak, digested, in or- der that it may nurture the mind." — Johnson's " Cyclopasdia," ar- ticle " Education." Bacon's conception of knowledge as mental food is expressed in his quaint way as follows : " Some Bookes are to be Tasted, Others to be Swallowed, and Some Few to be Chewed and Digested." — " Of Studies." THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH. 71 5. The antomatic action of tlie mind, whereby it reacts upon aliment, may be stimulated and directed by deliber- ate purpose. Thus a pupil's mental growth may be pure- ly spontaneous or fortuitous, or he may determine that he will think on a given subject for a given purpose, or his teacher may determine the purpose and the subject, and then provoke the process of thought by some form of stimulation. The normal stimulant for this specific purpose is a question. Such a question is a demand on the pupil's resources, and the eiiort to supply this de- mand determines sojne mode of mental activity. 6. The elaboration of aliment implies some loss of identity. The original presentations may disappear as such, but will reappear in some higher form. The high- est form of this reappearance is opinion, belief, charac- ter, common-sense, faculty, power. A presentation has served no high purpose if it has not suffered some degree of transformation. In many cases, the presentation may liavo served its high purpose and then have absolutely disappeared. In this region we find the uses of forgot- ten knowledge.* 7. Time is an all-essential element in mental growth. * Montaigne illustrates this transformation of mental aliment as follows : " 'Tis a sign of crudity and indigestion to vomit up what we eat in the same condition it was swallowed, ahd the stomach has not performed its office unless it have altered the form and con- dition of what was committed to it to concoct." Mr. Bain quotes the following Scripture to illustrate this doc- trine: "Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground and die it abideth alone ; but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit." — John xii, 34. A striking paragraph on " The Uses of Forgotten Knowledge " may be found in Mr. Fitch's " Lectures on Teaching " (Cambridge, 1883), p. 145. 73 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. There may not on]y be a long interval between the re- ception of a presentation and its elaboration into a high- er form, bnt tlie progressive steps in this transformation are indeterminate, and so involve indeterminate amounts of time. 8. The distribution of aliment is subject to the follow- ing law : the faculty that is strongest, or that needs the least, will appropriate the most ; while the faculty that is weakest, or that needs the most, will appropriate the least. In other words, the sti'ong faculties will grow stronger, and the weak, weaker. If the purpose is to pro- mote a symmetrical growth, aliment must, by some means, be diverted into these unaccustomed channels. The only mode of doing this is by calling the weak faculties into use. Exercise will determine a flow of aliment ; nurture will give new strength ; strength will permit facility ; facility will make exercise agreeable; and so, by means of reactions and interactions, there is a virtual recrea- tion of faculty ; or, power in esse has been evolved out of power in posse. Along with this promotion of symmetry by excitation, tliere should go some clipping of an exuberant faculty, by holding it in abeyance. The partial disuse of such a faculty will leave some energy unemployed, and this can be transferred to the account of a weaker member. Distaste for a study generally indicates a loss of tone in some part of the mental organism ; and instead of this being a valid plea for neglecting a subject, it is rather to be regarded as an argument for its pursuit. There is, at least, this element of truth in the ascetic belief in dis- agreeable studies. On the contrary, with the purpose of symmetrical culture still in mind, the fact that a pursuit is very easy. THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GEOWTII. 73 or very agreeable, may be a reason why it ought to be discouraged. When the period of general training is past, there is no doubt that pursuits should lie in the lines of one's predilections. 9. The second condition of growth — aliment being the first — is exei'cise. Two general modes of mental activity should be distinguished. First, there is the mental act whereby knowledge is gained, and then the subsequent act by which it is applied to use. Absolutely speaking, the mind is never passive, for activity is one of the essen- tial marks of mind. States of suffering are states of in- tensest activity.* Even when the process of learning is most mechanical, there must be some kind and degree of mental reaction, otherwise acquisition would be impossi- ble. But, during all processes of instruction, the mind must constantly react on the presentations made to it, and this reaction is the first mode of mental exercise. So far, we may say that the process of alimentation is itself a disciplinary process; that the mind is formed while being informed. So far as I am able to see, the precept, "first form the mind, then furnish it," is an absurdity and an impossibility. The true conception is, that the mind is formed while being furnished. The second mode of mental exercise consists in the use of the knowledge that has been acquired, or in the application of knowledge to the production of some de- termined result. These two phases of exercise may be distinguished in memory and recollection, in the repro- * " Patience is no negation. It is a vigorous and sustained ac- tion, amidst outward stillness, of some of the most powerful facul- ties with which the human heing is endowed, and primarily of its powers of firmness and resistance." — Hari'iet Martineau, " House- hold Education" (Boston), pp. 181, 183. 4 74 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ductive and the constructive imagination, in the learn- ing of a mathematical truth and its application to use, etc., etc. 10. We mnst distinguish accumulation from organiza- tion ; that is, the acquisition of material from its elabora- tion into structure, faculty, and power. It is customary to state this distinction as that between growth and de- velopment;* but I am unable to conceive of develop- ment except as a mode or a high form of growth. The facts in the case seem to be these: (1) The materials of thought may be collected in advance of their actual trans- formation into thought; and (2) this transformation is a process of infinite gradations. But it may be described as a progress from vagueness to definitude, or from a low type of organization to progressively higher types of or- ganization. " Wiien I was a cliiid," says Paul, " I thought as a child, I spake as a child, I understood as a child ; but when I became a man, I put away childish things. For now [in infancy and here] we see through a glass, darkly, but then [in maturity and in the hereafter] face to face." Tiiese facts should guard us against two false assump- tions : (1) That accumulation and elaboration should ipvo- ceed pari passu ; and (2) that a child's knowledge should necessarily be clear and definite. On the contrary, the indications are tliat accumulation may precede elabora- tion by an indefinite period ; that the necessary gaining of material \s pro tanto antagonistic to transformation; and that tlic normal state of a child's knowledge is that of confusion, vagueness, and indefiniteness. The con- ception of mind as a growth makes this a fundamental * See Sully, " Outlines of Psychology " (London, 1884), pp. 40, 54 ; Spencer, " Education," p. 371. THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH. 75 principle of instruction : there should bo a gradual evo- lution of definitude oiit of confusion. 11. Tlie fact that material must be collected somewhat in advance of its transformation, clearly points out one of the functions of memory, and settles a disputed ques- tion in practical teaching, viz., whether one may memo- rize what may not at the time be understood. From the view of the mental processes that has been stated, it follows that the crude material of thought should be lield, so to speak, in store; and this holding in store is the primary function of memory'. It follows further, from this conception, that matter presented in proposi- tions not only may, but mxist be memorized before it is understood ; for the understanding of a thing is synony- mous with its elaboration or its transformation, and elab- oration is impossible unless the material is held within the range of the mind's activities. For trutii's sake, it is nec- essary to distinguish memory before elaboration from memory after elaboration. We must memorize in order that we may understand, and then hold in memory what we have understood. The only real question at issue is whether, memorizing should be formal or informal. As formal memorizing favors clear representation, it is wor- thy of much more respect than is now paid it.* 12. The normal mode of the mind's reaction upon its material is, first, by resolution or disintegration, then by reconstruction or reintegration. The normal mode of * " Every rational curriculum of elementary study must be based on the fact that the observing are called into action before the re- flecting faculties ; in other -words, that the food must be swallowed before it is digested ; though I believe it to be an educational fal- lacy to maintain that therefore no food should be swallowed that cannot be instantly digested." — Joseph Payne, op. eit., p. 356. 70 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. progress is from apprehension to comprehension, from confused aggregates to articulate wholes ; and the normal process is analysis complemented by a reciprocal synthe- sis. This doctrine is opposed to the current assumption that a child's knowledge should, in the first instance, be built up constructively out of elements supplied by the teacher. The true conception is, that the mind is to find elements by the disintegration of some aggregate, and then is to reconstruct a new whole out of the parts of this dismembered aggregate; and that this disintegra- tion and reintegration constitutes thought proper. 13, The material that serves for the mind's reactions may be presented to it immediately or mediately ; that is, it may be intuitive or representative — presented with- out the mediation of language or with such mediation. All knowledge of the past is impossible save through the mediation of symbols; knowledge of the remote and the inaccessible is impracticable save through such media- tion ; and, through the limitation of time, very much that is near must be made known by representation. As a consequence of the division of labor, and as a condition of progress, knowledge at first hand must stand to knowl- edge at second hand as a part to a constantly and rapidly increasing whole. An intuitive presentation is concrete in the strict and limited sense of that term; it is a congeries of many parts or qualities, a complex thing, appealing directly to the senses ; and, if the mind reacts upon it, it must be in the way of discrimination or analysis ; it cannot be brought into relation with other knowledge, cannot be assimi- lated or organized, without a discovery of its marks or qualities. Such discovery is always analytical. Compared with an intuitive presentation, a representa- THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH, 77 tive presentation, or one made by means of symbols, is always abstract; for language always employs general terms. Strictly speaking, therefore, purely concrete in- struction is impossible ; but, by general consent, state- ments that refer to an individual thing, and that make a direct appeal to sense, are called concrete ; while state- ments referring to a class, and making no direct appeal to sense, are called abstract. Strictly speaking, there is no absolute line between concrete and abstract instruc- tion ; but, in general, the degree of concreteness may be estimated by nearness to sense, and the degree of abstract- ness by remoteness from sense. From the psychologi- cal point of view, the essential thing to note is that whether the presentation be intuitive, whether the state- ment be (relatively) concrete, or whether it be abstract, the material thus offered the mind is some complex whole ; and, if the mind reacts upon it, the mode of re- action must be analytical. In other words, all presenta- tions, whether concrete or abstract, conform to the great psychological law, that " the first procedure of the mind, in the elaboration of its knowledge, is always analytical." The following statements illustrate the almost insensi- ble transition from the so-called concrete to the abstract. The simple truth is, that both elements appear in each statement; but that the concrete predominates in the first members of the series, and the abstract in the last : 1. This rose (exhibiting the object) is red. 3. That rose was red. 3. That rose was beautiful. 4. Koses are beautiful. 5. Rose is a beautiful color. 6. Beautiful colors are admired. 7. " A thing of beauty is a joy forever." It will be observed that, in passing down this series. 78 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. there is a growing recession from sense, and an increas- ing extension of classes. Each statement, whether con- crete or abstract, is a complex whole, which the mind must resolve before it can be understood ; and the so- called concrete statements permit the easier resolution, because they are the more likely to fall within the range of the pupil's experiences, and because the classes which they involve, being narrower, it is easier to detect an in- dividual of the class referred to. Suppose this question is asked : " Shall I make my in- struction largely in the concrete, or may it be largely in the abstract?" The question stated in this general man- ner cannot be answered. If this qualification be added, " My pupils are young, and their power of thinking low," the answer is obvious : " Your instruction should be large- ly in the concrete." Or, if this be the qualification, " My pupils are mature, and are good thinkers," the answer is just as obvious : " Your statement may be in the ab- stract." In other words, if this famous rule were changed to read, " First the abstract, then the concrete," it would coincide with the general and legitimate practice of all schools above the primary grade. Concrete statements and abstract statements are both legitimate, because they all conform to one of the pri- mary laws of the mind's activities : The first reaction of the mind upon the jpresentations made to it is always Analytical. If the precept," First the concrete, then the abstract," were thrown into this form, it would express a useful trutli : " Primary instruction should be largely of the concrete type ; advanced instruction should be largely of the abstract type." This truth may be illustrated graph- ically as follows : THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GBOWTH. 79 Abstract. Concrete. 1^ This is the interpretation : "In the instruction of chil- dren, the concrete should predominate, and in the in- struction of adults, the abstract; and, in passing from childhood to maturity, instruction in the concrete should be gradually siiperseded by instruction in the abstract." The assuuiption that children are unable to resolve or interpret abstract statements is one of the popular errors of the day. In fact, they are as quick to comprehend a truth presented to the mind's eye as to comprehend a fact or an object presented to the bodily eye. In both cases apprehension is eas}', and comprehension relatively difficult; but this diificulty is no greater in the first of the above cases than in the second. '■' 14. As the first stage in thought proper is the resolu- tion of aggregates, small or great, it is important to note the fact that the great instrument of mental analysis is language. Let us suppose that a general truth has been formulated in words; in what way is the statement to bo interpreted to the end that it may be comprehended or understood? If the language is significant, each word arrests the attention upon one element in the aggregate, so that, when the series of words has been passed in re- view, the complex whole has been broken up into a larger * " If it should be asked, how early, or at what period of life, men begin to form general conceptions ? I answer, as soon as a child can say, -with understanding, that he has two brothers or two sisters; as soon as he can use the plural number he must have general con- ceptions."— Thomas Reid, " Essays on the Intellectual Powers of Man" (London, 1843), pp. 327, 838. 80 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. or smaller number of parts. Counting is a ready illus- tration of this general process. In passing regularly from one upward, each number is a determinant ; and when the last number has been reached, what at first was an indefinite aggregate has been resolved, say,into fifty parts. Analj'sis by means of language is more diflScult than this, because the word must first be translated into a notion, and then the notion individualized ; but, as mere proc- esses, reading and counting, are essentially the same, they serve to call attention to marks, and the determination of marks is a process of resolution. The more general a term is, that is, the fewer its marks and the greater the number of individuals that it con- tains, the more difiicult it is to interpret it — that is, to translate it into an individual image. Hence the ob- served fact that so-called concrete statements are more easily understood, or resolved, than abstract statements. At the same time, another important truth becomes obvi- ous — that the pupil's ability to interpret a general state- ment is determined by his knowledge of language. 15. Whether instruction shall be concrete or whether it may be abstract, that is, whether the terms shall be near to sense or whether they may be remote from it, is thus a question which depends very largely on the child's knowledge of words and his ability to interpret lan- guage, and so does not admit of any absolute solution. Only a general statement can be made, somewhat in this form : The terms employed in the instruction of children should be narrow in extent and near to sense ; while those employed in the instruction of the more mature may be of wide extent and remote from sense. All instruction must employ general terms, and there is always the dan- ger that these terms may not be individualized, or, rather, THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH. 81 realized. The remedy is in a careful study of words, and in the testing of the pupil's interpretation by requiring him to express the meaning by the use of other symbols. 16. Sense-impressions are the original material out of which the mind, by its elaborativo processes, constructs the whole fabric of thought. Out of a comparatively few primary notions, by combination and permutation, the mind is furnished with an almost infinite variety of new constructions.* New knowledge is but a new com- bination of old material, and the most of our thinking consists in discovering or establishing relations between part and part, and between parts and some containing whole. When a sense-impression has once been estab- lished there is no further need of the object that pro- duced it. Forever after, the symbol of the thing is all that the processes of thought require. The matei-ials for thinking are not objects, but ideas ; and, in general, thought proper takes place with the greatest facility and sureness in the absence of sense-stimulation. The assumption that intense sense-activity is conducive to thought proper is a vulgar error. Tlie senses have served their purpose when they have furnished the mind * "The senses supply the pabulum or nutriment which the intel- lect assimilates or elaborates according to its own proper laws. The highest manifestations of intellect, abstract thought and rea- soning, illustrate this dependence of intellectual activity on the elements, materials, or " data " of sense. The growth of intellect by repeated exercise thus implies a continual supply of sense-mate- rials, a multiplication of sense-impressions, to be worked up into intellectual products." — Sully, op. cit., p. 48. "All knowledge takes its rise in the senses. No intellectual work, such as imagining and reasoning, can be done till the senses have supplied the necessary materials." — Ibid., p. 107. 4* 82 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. with the crude materials of thought. A prolonged and acute training of the senses is irrational in its tendency : it magnifies the animal and minimizes the man. The movement of the animal intelligence is invariably out- ward; it makes no return upon itself. The movement of the human intelligence is somewhat outward, but char- acteristically inward. So far as it is rational, it returns upon itself in the act of reflection. The proof of this doctrine lies in the incompatibility of a confirmed out- ward flow of activity with that inward flow which is the necessary condition of thought proper ; and also in the actual state of the savage intellect, where we observe an acute training of the senses, conjoined with almost ab- solute torpor of the intellect. In fact, the savage is a living example of persistent sense-training. The inference to be drawn from this doctrine is, that a training of the senses that moi'c than suffices to furnish the mind with the crude material of thought is down- ward in its tendency.* " "I really do not know what it is that remains to be desired, in regard to the ordinary purposes of life, if the body be sound and in high health, and the mind be alert. It is to the savage, or it is to men exercising special callings of an inferior sort, that there can bo much benefit in having the senses sharpened to an extreme acute- " In trutl), it may be questioned whether a gentleman might not really wish himself wanting in such legerdemain perfection of the senses as would be likely to suggest to others the belief that he had passed his childhood under the tuition of a gang of gypsies. " For the rest, that is to say, whatever readies its end in the bod- ily perceptions, I think we can go but a very little way without so giving the mind a bent toward the lower faculties, as must divert THE CONCEPTION OP MENTAL GROWTH. 83 17. Feeling and thinking are mental states in such broad contrast that, in their extreme manifestation, they are mutnally exclusive. That is, intense feeling is fatal to tliinking, and intense thinking deadens feeling. It seems to be one of the ultimate facts of our mental con- stitution, that the tendency of ■wholeness is to excite and sustain feeling, and the tendency of analysis is to prevent or destroy feeling. Conversely, feeling resists the de- composition of aggregates, and so opposes thinking ; and thinking, so far as it is analytical, destroys the emotional element in an object. Some of the more important inferences to be drawn from this doctrine are the following: (1.) Sense activity, ^er se, is unfavorable to thinking. This has been noted in a general way, in the preceding section. (2.) The normal condition for thinking is, in Mr. Bain's happy phrase, " the quiescence of the emotions." Inter- est in the individuality of a thing, partisanship, preju- dice, passion, affection, are each and all the enemies of thought proper. They resist discrimination and insight, and so becloud and betray the judgment. The common saying that " love is blind " involves a whole philoso- (3.) The direct tendency of mental culture is to weak- en the empire of passions and emotion ; and, consequent- ly, mental culture is at the same time moral culture. it from tlie exercise of the higher. A man may be a proficient in active sports and gentlemanly gymnastics, compatibly with ele- gance and elevation of mind; but it is another thing so to send the Boul outward toward its perceptive consciousness as to imbue it witli tbe organic sensitiveness of the lynx, the hare, or the spider." —Isaac Taylor, " Home Education" (London, 1867), pp. 106, 107. 84 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. (4.) As the purpose of art is to please, an analysis of a work of art that just suffices to raise the quality of its wholeness is conducive to its high purpose ; while any analysis that tends to injure or to destroy this organic unity defeats the supreme purpose of tlie artist. Prox- imate analysis heightens the notion of organic unity, while ultimate analysis, especially if it serves some tech- nical end, as surely destroj's such unity. Literary criti- cism, as now administered in many secondary schools, transgresses this law of ajsthetic unity. 18. We state a well-known physiological fact when we say that the feeling of hunger is the motive for eating; and it is a truth of the same order, but of wider signifi- cance, to state that the feeling of interest is the motive that leads the mind first to apprehend and then to com- prehend. I do not forget that the earliest movement of the mind is automatic or instinctive, nor that automatism always plays an important part in mental growth ; but I here refer to another characteristic fact, that the larger part of mental activity is volitional, and that the will is stimulated by motive. Perhaps the clearest conception of the mechanism of motives may be gained by regard- ing them as forces that act, some by attraction, and oth- ers by propulsion. In other words, we may do a thing because there is some force ahead of us drawing us tow- ard the object ; or because there is some force behind us pushing us toward the object. Pleasurable motives af- fect us in the first way, and painful ones in the second way. Under the deft manipulation of motives, teaching becomes a fine art ; and an adequate exposition of this theme would constitute the most valuable chapter in ap- plied psychology. I can do no more than state a few practical observations : THE CONCEPTION OF MENTAL GROWTH. 85 (1.) The ultimate aim of the teacher should be to estab- lish motives of the attractive sort, that will act continu- ously and powerfully. Perhaps a love of knowledge for its own sake, or a confirmed taste for intellectual im- provement, is the highest and most comprehensive mo- tive that the teacher can seek to establish. But this motive must be regarded as the last term of an ascend- ing series. (2.) A less diffuse, but more intense, motive is what Mr. Bain terms " intrinsic charm," a feeling developed and sustained by the particular subject in hand. A ready illustration of this motive is the feeling excited by a work of fiction. It is possible that the sustaining mo- tive in the study of geometry or of grammar may be of this sort. (3.) Before the motive of "intrinsic charm" can be brought into service, it will often be necessary to arouse the feeling of pleasure in prosjpect. Per se, a study may be uninteresting; but if the pupil can be made to see that some future good is involved in it, he will en- dure some degree of present discomfort. But when the study is once fairly under way, it is always possible to awaken the feeling of interest in tiie subject itself. (4.) Closely related to the preceding is what may be called harrowed interest, from the circumstance that an enthusiasm manifested by a teaciier, by classmates, or by a friend, will often induce a like feeling in the breast of the learner. Inherited predilections and antipatliies are very common and very powerful motives. (5.) At this point we probably cross the line separating the attractive from the propelling motives. It is doubt- less to be regretted that it should ever be necessary to re- sort to these vis a tergo motives ; but, accepting things as 86 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. we find them, as we are very often bound to do, we are obliged to employ stimnlants of the painful sort. But these modes of stimulation should be regarded as artifi- cial and temporary, to be superseded, as soon as possible, by the attractive motives first described. CHAPTER V. THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE EACE. Doubtless the broadest generalization yet reached, in educational science, is this : " The education of the child must accord, both in mode and arrangement, -with tlie education of mankind as considered historically ; or, in other words, the genesis of knowledge in the individual must follow the same course as the genesis of knowl- edge in the race." * Mr. Spencer attributes the enuncia- tion of this doctrine to Comte, though Condillac had previously drawn up a scheme of education avowedly based on this assumed principle. f Mr. Spencer's proof of this doctrine is to this effect: what is true of the aggregate must be true of each of the units comprising the aggregate ; the race acquired its knowledge in a certain way, and therefore each individ- ual of the race must acquire his knowledge in the same way. The word Must, in Mr. Spencer's thought, at once involves us in a curious dilemma. Had he said Should, or Ought, we might be forewarned against an error; but if it be true that there is but one way in which the indi- vidual can gain his knowledge, as Mr. Spencer declares,:]: * Spencer, "Education," p. 122. t " (Euvres de Condillac" (Paris, 1798), tome v., pp. i.-xlis. I " As the mind of humanity, placed in the midst of phenomena, and striving to comprehend them, has, after endless comparisons, speculations, experiments, and theories, reached its present knowl- edge of each subject by a specific route, it may rationally be in- 83 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. tlien error is impossible ; the current mode of acquisition is the normal mode, and to preach a reform in this partic- ular is an inexcusable waste of breath. But, as a matter of fact, Mr. Spencer prescribes a radical reform ; it fol- lows, therefore, that the genesis of knowledge in the in- dividual need not of necessity be the same as the gene- sis of knowledge in the race. The only form in which the question can be discussed is this : Should the indi- vidual gain his knowledge in the same way in which the race as a whole gained its knowledge ? The answer de- pends on the manner in which we interpret the " gene- sis of knowledge in the race." Two interpretations are possible, one of which makes Mr. Spencer's assumption a truth and tlie other an untruth. I will now state what I conceive to be the " genesis of knowledge in the race." It will be granted that in knowledge, as in wealth, the race has made progress from age to age, and even from generation to generation. Now progress is possible only under this condition : inheritance supplemented hy indi- vidual acquisition* Without inheritance there can be feiTcd that the relationship between mind and phenomena is such as to prevent this knowledge from being reached by any other route ; and that, as each child's mind stands in this same relation- ship to phenomena, they can be accessible to it only through the same route." — " Education," p. 133. * "The science of humanity, like humanity, ought to be pro- gressive ; and there is progress only on two conditions : first, to represent all one's predecessors ; then, to be one's self, to sum up all anterior labors, and to add to them." — Cousin, " History of Modern Philosophy " (New York, 1869), i., p. 213. " There is not'a person in a civilized state who does not share in the inheritance of institutions, knowledge, ideas, doctrines, etc., which come down as fruits of civilization. We take these things in by habit and routine, and suppose that they come of themselves, THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE RACE. 89 no progress ; for then, cacli generation must start wliere the preceding generation started. And progress is quite as impossible without individual acquisition ; for in this case each generation would stop where the preceding gen- eration stopped. If we conceive the race as consisting of a succession of generations, the law of progress will stand somewhat as follows: A ; I (A) + A ; I (2A)+A ; I(3A) + A; I (iA) + A; I (5A)-f-A. I indicates what each generation inherits, and A what it adds to its in- . lieritance. To accept no part whatever of capitalized ex- perience is an impossibility. In climate, in society, in language, in means of communication, in heredity, in a thousand ways that might be enumerated, we are the in- voluntary heirs of all past ages; and to renounce this inheritance, and to start even within a thousand years of where the race started, is an absolute impossibility'. The law of inheritance is involved in the division of labor, for in the lifetime of our benefactors we partake of the results of their industry and skill. Can any man pro- duce even a tenth of what he needs to support the con- ditions of the life into which he is born ? As it is im- possible to reproduce the environment even of the gen- or are innate. . . . Every man in a civilized state inherits a status of rights which form the basis and stay of his civil existence. These rights are often called 'natural.' In truth, tliey are the product of the struggles of thousands of generations. Men, before they were capable of reflection or had developed science, had but one process for learning : that was by trial and failure. They paid with their blood the penalty of all their mistakes, and the price of all their experiments which failed. Our inheritance of established rights is the harvested product of tlie few successful experiments out of thousands which failed."— W. G. S\imner,Nbrth Amer. Rev., June, 1884, p. 575. 90 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. eration immediately preceding, much less of the early generations, it is absurd to talk of beginning where the race began, and of repeating its experiences. We could not do this if we would, we should not if we could. The law of progress in knowledge conforms to the general law above formulated. If we distinguish second- hand, or capitalized, knowledge, from knowledge that is gained by original discovery, or by rediscovery, and des- ignate the former by the symbol C, and the latter by the symbol D, the general law of the " genesis of knowl- edge in the race" will take this form: D; C (D)-hD; C (2D) -F D ; C (3D) -F D ; C (4D) + D. In the acquisition of knowledge, is it possible for the individual to begin where the race began and to proceed as the race proceed- ed ? He cannot begin where the race began, for it is not possible to reproduce the environment of the nascent race ; but if we conceive the race composed of successive generations, the individual may gain his knowledge ac- cording to the same general mode by which the race ac- quired its knowledge. No given generation can acquire by original discovery, nor by rediscovery, all the knowl- edge needed for its use; but it must accept certain por- tions of the knowledge accumulated by preceding gener- ations at second-hand or on trust, and to this add such knowledge as it may gain by its own independent activ- ity. The individual must follow the same general course. Much of the knowledge that he needs for his guidance he cannot learn at all, so difficult of attainment is it, and so engrossing are the special activities involved in the support of daily life. Here, as before, the division of labor involves one form of inheritance. If the food we eat or the water we drink needs to be analyzed, we beg, or borrow, or buy the knowledge and skill of an expert, THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE RACE. 91 In other words, there is knowledge absohitely necessary on occasion that we cannot afford to acquire at all. In all such cases we submit to the guidance of others; we walk by faith wlien we cannot walk by sight. But leaving out of account this special and peculiar knowledge, it is only a small part of wliat we need to know that we can acquire by original discovery, or even rediscovery. There is knowledge tiiat must be gained at second-hand, if gained at all. Mr. Spencer is very con- sistent in discrediting the value of historical knowledge, for, as he interprets the " genesis of knowledge in the race," its acquisition would be impossible. All such knowledge is absolutely inaccessible by direct means; but there are other kinds of knowledge necessary for guidance and culture that are relatively inaccessible by direct means, such as geographical, scientific, theological, etc. Must the individual construct his own almanac? Must he forego his newspaper and gazetteer, and depend for news on what he can discover by travel ? On what principle may he read "Education," and " Social Statics," and " Principles of Psychology," if Mr. Spencer's inter- pretation of the "genesis of knowledge in the race" is correct? But some one who is more anxious to defend a theory than to acknowledge the force of plain facts will say: "This is not knowledge, but information ; we know only what has the sanction of our personal experi- ence." Then there is no such thing as historical or the- ological knowledge. We do not hnow that Moses and Caesar and Napoleon and Washington once lived, or that certain divine laws are binding on human conduct. And so we who have not travelled do not know that tliere are such cities as London and Paris and Eome. Do we know our own names, and the names of our parents and 92 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. intimate friends, and of the place where we live, and of our country ? In the last analysis our knowledge of these things rests only on tradition ; our "firm belief of what is true " in all such matters does not rest at all on the ground of personal experience. Is this knowledge or information ? It is said, in defence of this distinction, that we are liable to deception in whatever does not fall under our personal observation ; and hence that, outside of the do- main of our own experience, we cannot be said to know. Shall we refuse to call the current coin of the ia,y7noney because wo are now and then in possession of a counter- feit piece, or because we did not actually make the coin that passes through our hands ? Besides, we are liable to deception even within the domain of our own proper ex- perience. The dogma that learning should be a process of dis- covery, or of rediscovery, carries with it the assumption that nothing is real knowledge unless it has the sanction of the learner's personal experience. This theory denies that there is such a thing as second-hand knowledge ; it is only information or belief. For example, if I see a house burn, I have acquired an item of real knowledge, for my own senses have been impressed with an actual occurrence ; but when I have related to a reporter what I saw, what was knowledge to me has become only infor- mation to him ; and when the reader, a thousand miles away, has perused the reporter's account, he stands re- lated to the transaction in the third degree, and is by so much the less entitled to say that he knoios a house burned at a stated time ; the most that he can say is that he believes such a thing occurred ; he has only informa- Hon on this point. THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE RACE. 93 The reader will at once discover tlie bearing of tliis distinction. Learning, it is agreed, sliould consist in the acquisition of linowledge; but as linowledge is a mental state, induced bj acts of reflection or of observation, lan- guage can by no possibility be the source of knowledge, and books serve no other purpose in real learning than to facilitate the gaining of actual experience. For example, a book contains the statement that a given volume of carbonic acid is composed of one vol- ume of carbon vapor and two volumes of oxygen. This statement is not knowledge, for it rests only on authority ; but it may be converted into knowledge by being actually verified by the reader; he must actually rediscover the composition of carbonic acid, in order that he may attain real knowledge ; and the only value of the book consists in pointing out the right track to fol- low. This, in brief, is the theory of knowledge made necessary by Mr. Spencer's theory of education. When generalized, this theory amounts to this: We know only what we have oiserved. The term observed is used in its widest sense, as including observation prop- er and reflection ; we may know subjective as well as ob- jective phenomena. By the light of this tlieory, let us note what we know and what we do not know. Of course we shall be obliged to transfer many items of sup- posed knowledge to the category of beliefs. The first consequence of the theory is that we can have no knowl- edge of anything outside the sphere of our own observa- tion. "We know nothing that occurred prior to our birth ; we do not even know that anything did occur prior to that period. Worse still, wo do not know that that par- ticular event itself ever occurred, nor do we know that we shall die. For the knowledge of this fact we must 94 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. wait till we have had this experience, and then, of course, it is too late to servo our purpose. We do not even know our own names, nor the names of our friends. If we impose names on our children, we might be supposed to know their names, but only on the hypothesis that we know that such and such beings are really our children — a thing that is virtually impossible by the terms of the new theory. This statement may need illustration. J. S. Mill remarks : " What we are said to observe is usually a component result, of which one tenth may be observation and the remaining nine tenths inference." * In illustration of this statement he says: "I affirm that I saw my brother at a certain hour this morning. If any proposition concerning a matter of fact could be commonly said to be known by the direct testimony of the senses, this surely would be so. Tlie truth, however, is far otherwise. I only saw a certain colored surface ; or, rather, I had tlie kind of visual impressions which are usually produced by a colored surface ; and, from tliese as marks, known to be such by previous experience, I concluded that I saw my brother. I might have had sensations precisely similar, when my brother was not there." Still further to eliminate the element of infer- ence from supposed observation, let us take another sim- ple case. We are told, or we read, that a certain object weighs a thousand pounds. Our theory requires us to reject this as knowledge, and so we verify the statement by placing the object in the scales and adjusting the bal- ance. Then our belief is converted into knowledge. N"ot so fast. Our knowledge, we must recollect, is measured by what we have observed. The only essential fact we have observed in this case is that when the balance * " Logic " (New York, 1867), p. 384. THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE EACE. 95 is struck the weight stands at the mark " 1000." Our hasty conchision involves two very large assumptions: (1) that the weigiit is accurate, and (2) that the lovers of the scales are accurately adjusted. We know neither of these things hy our own observation. We might meas- ure the levers and test the weight, but both these proc- esses would require a standard, and how can we vouch for the accuracy of the standards? In this, as in thou- sands of analogous cases, we are finally confronted with miere authority, and beyond this we are powerless to go. The reader will observe that by the terms of this the- ory of knowledge we cannot affirm that we know the name of anj' of the countless objects that surround us, save, of course, those objects on which wo may have im- posed a name. It need not be said that there can be no such thing as geographical knowledge, save within the little sphere of one's own observations, and even within this sphere we cannot affirm that we know the name of a single object, for all name-giving in this realm tran- scends our experience. In science, the situation is near- ly as bad, for inference constitutes even more than nine tenths of scientific procedure, and, in what is called ex- perimental research, there is the implication of author- ity at every step. On the hypothesis we are now discuss- ing, astronomical and chemical hiov:ledge would be near- ly out of the question for the great mass of mankind. Really to Jcnow that an eclipse will occur is a simple im- possibility, for who can observe what is to he ? The past and the future are both unknowable. In fact, this as- sumed theory of knowledge ends in an almost absolute agnosticism, and reduces the field of learning to the nar- i-ow dimensions that fall within the sphere of the animal ■intelligence. 96 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. In what has preceded, I have merely noted some of the more obvious implications of the new philosophy; I have simply extended this latest theory of knowledge to its logical consequences. Of course, these consequences are repugnant to the common-sense of mankind, and were certain theorists to be confronted with them in the form here stated, they would doubtless attempt to save their thesis by resorting to verbal legerdemain. Let us now turn from these dreamy absurdities to a conception of knowledge that is consonant with com- mon-sense, and that makes possible a field of learning worthy of human intelligence. "Knowledge," says Wliately, "implies three things: (1) Firm Belief, (2) of what is trioe, (3) on sufficient grounds." * Knowledge and belief, then, do not belong to different categories, as the new theory assumes, but knowledge is merely belief of a certain degree. " A low degree (of belief) is termed presumption ; a higher de- gree, probability' ; and the highest possible degree is termed certainty. When the mind is in that state de- nominated certainty, we are generally said to know the thing to which this very strong belief relates "(Upham). The grounds of this belief are consciousness, the senses, testimony, memory, inference. The new theory denies that knowledge can result from testimony, oral or writ- ten. " Without a general confidence in what men assert, every one's knowledge of events and facts would be lim- ited to those only to which he himself had been a per- sonal witness. In this case no American, who had not been a traveller, could believe that there was such a city as London ; . . . and no person whatever has any ground for believing that such men as Haimibal and Csesar have * " Logic," iv., 3. THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE KACE. 97 ever existed. "With the great mass of mankind the ex- clusion of testimony as a ground of belief would be the means of depriving tliem of the greater part of what they now know " (Upham *). Tliis conception of knowledge is wholly at variance with tlie assumption that each in- dividual, in the attainment of his knowledge, must lapse into a state of modified barbarism. There is historical, geographical, and astronomical knowledge ; we do know our names, the fact of our birth, and the certainty of death. Books are neither necessary evils nor simple conveniences, but are the universal and indispensable means whereby knowledge is gained on tlie ground of human testimony. Books extend the range of mental vision, just as the telescope is a virtual extension of bodily vision. The theory that knowledge cannot be capitalized has been stated in this wise : Knowledge is a mental state. Mental states cannot he transmitted. Knowledge cannot he transmitted. "We might offset this syllogism with another : There has heen progress in Jcnowledge from age to age. Progress implies transmission. Knowledge has heen transmitted. A little reflection will show that the fallacy in the first statement lurks in the terra transmit. Substitute repro- duce for transmit and the absurdity of the conclusion be- comes apparent. Mental states cannot only be repro- duced in successive generations of minds by the presence of similar excitations, bnt these reproductions may occur through the stimulus of symbols. The objects a, h, and * "Elements of Mental PMlosopby " (Boston, 1883), p. 120. 5 98 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. c produce a certain mental state in A ; can a similar men- tal state be induced in the mind of B without the pres- ence of these objects ? Certainly. Certain persons wit- nessed the killing of Caesar by Brutus ; they therefore Tcnew the fact. But we also know this fact, not imme- diately, as witnesses through sense-stimulation, but me- diately, by the reproduction of a certain mental state through symbol -stimulation. Any composite notion may be reproduced through this secondary form of stim- ulation, provided the ultimate elements of this notion have once been in consciousness. A melody of Beetho- ven may not only be reproduced upon an instrument from the printed notes, but the mere perusal of these notes will provoke a harmony in the mind of the musical reader. A musical education that should proceed on the theory held by Condillac and Spencer would be a very curious affair. The importance of reaching right conclusions on the nature of knowledge and of the knowing process be- comes evident when we consider the fact that attempts are being made to conduct schools on the new hypothesis, and at the same time there is a loud impeachment of the education that is conducted on the older hypothesis. The mistakes that are made in practice by thoughtful men inevitably have their source in theoretical errors. Tlie latest educational philosophy as to the office of books is exhibited in the following quotation : " It is sometimes said that books contain the treasured wisdom of the past, and that there can be no progress among men unless each generation in its turn builds on the structures of those who have built before. Wisdom ex- ists nowhere outside of some mind that is wise. It is not a thing to be transmitted as material wealth is trans- THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE RACE. 99 initted. Every man wlio becomes wise must make him- self wise by the activity of liis own mental powers, and when he dies his wisdom mnst go with him. It is true that if he is fortunate enough he may leave some ex- pressions of his wisdom behind, but these expressions are to be interpreted, and they can be interpreted, by those only who are able to think the same thoughts and to know the same knowledge by an independent activity of their own minds." * The truth, as I understand it, is expressed in the fol- lowing quotations from Dr. Reid and Dugald Stewart : " General propositions in science may be compared to the seed of a plant, which, according to some philoso- phers, has not only the whole future plant involved within it, but the seeds of that plant, and the plants that shall spring from them through all future genera- tions. " But the similitude falls short in this respect, that time and accidents, not in our power, must concur to disclose the contents of the seed, and bring them into our view; whereas the contents of a general proposition may be brought forth, i-ipened, and exposed to view at our pleas- ure, and in an instant. " Thus the wisdom of ages, and the most sublime treas- ures of science, may be laid up, like an Iliad, in a nutshell, and transmitted to future generations. And this noble purpose of language can only be accomplished by means of general words annexed to the divisions and subdi- visions of things." f " The foundation of all human knowledge must be laid in the examination of particular objects and particular * John W. Dickinson, op. cit., p. 17. t Thomas Reid, pp. cit., p. 319. 100 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. facts ; and it is only so far as our general principles are resolvable into tliese primary elements that they possess either truth or utility. It must not, however, be under- stood to be implied in this conclusion that all our knowl- edge must ultimately rest on our own proper experience. If this were the case, the progress of science, and the progress of human improvement, must have been won- derfully retarded ; for, if it had been necessary for eacli individual to form a classification of objects, in conse- quence of observations and abstractions of his own, and to infer from tlie actual examination of particular facts the general truths on which his conduct proceeds, hu- man affairs would at this day remain nearly in the same State to which they were brought by the experience of the first generation. ******* "In a cultivated society, one of the first acquisitions which children make is the use of language ; by means of which they are familiai'ized from their earliest years to the consideration of classes of objects and of general truths ; and, before the time of life at which the savage is possessed of the knowledge necessary for his own pres- ervation, are enabled to appropriate to themselves the accumulated discoveries of ages. ******* " Indeed, among those who enjoy the advantages of early instruction, some of the most remote and wonder- ful conclusions of the human intellect are, even in in- fancy, as completely familiarized to the mind as the most obvious phenomena which the material world exhibits to their senses." * * Dugiild Stewart, ojp. eit., pp. 116, 117. THE GENESIS OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE RACE. 101 This tlionglit has been more concisely expressed by J. S. Mill : " Language is the depository of the accumu- lated experience to which all former ages have contrib- uted, and which is the inheritance of all yet to come." * * " Logic," p. 413. CHAPTER VI. THE MODE OP EDUCATIONAL PROGRESS. Whatever special interest attaches itself to this therao is doubtless due to the fact that men of equal honesty and earnestness are divided in opinion as to the normal mode of educational progress, and more particularly as to tlie present status of the teaching art. On one side the claim has been set up that the wliole existing order of things in education, at least on its practical side, is al- most hopelessly bad ; and that the case is so desperate as to justify an immediate revolution. When it is inquired ■what the new order of things is to be, what its marks are, what it is like, it is stated in reply that it is impossi- ble to give any exact definition of the new era, but that its coming is imminent, and that when it does come it will be a* very glorious thing. The conception seems to be that there is to occur a rather sudden winding up of the present order of things, and that the educational mil- lennium is immediately to follow, with somew^hat of the suddenness of an earthquake shock. Some confusion at- tends this conception, from the declaration that the "new education " has liad a real existence from very remote times, and that all the great names in educational history from Socrates downwards have been propliets of the new gospel. This paradox will disappear, we may presume, by assuming that the voices of these great men were un- lieeded, that their doctrines had no appreciable effect on THE MODE OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRESS. 103 the current of educational thought, and that their inter- preters have only just appeared.* Opposed to this glowing assumption of an approach- ing millennium in educational practice, there is the con- viction on the part of very many that the dissolution of tlie existing order of tilings is not imminent; that thus far the history of education has shown only continiuty of growth ;. that the future is doubtless to exhibit a con- tinuous series of changes for the better ; but that this better future is to be an evolution out of a good past. These men believe that the main lines of educational theory have been pretty firmly and correctly established, and that the most hopeful and fruitful field of effort is that of extending and co-ordinating these lines of think- ing. It is believed to be unwise and unnecessary to break with the past ; that not only is substantial progress * " No one can tell what the so-called New Education really is, from the very fact that many if not most of its principles and re- sulting methods have yet to be discovered. We stand on the bor- der-land of discovery in education. " If it is impossible to pi'osent any adequate idea of the New Edu- cation, the position of its disciples may be easily defined. They be- lieve that there is an immense margin between the known and the un- known in education. The unbelievers, on the other hand, hold that, with some possible exceptions, the march of progress in education has closed with them. " The followers of the New Education count in their ranks every great thinker and writer upon education from Socrates to Horace Mann. ... " The stationary followers of the Old Education have an ideal they can easily reach, and, having done so, the smile of perfect pedantic satisfaction freezes up on their faces, a striking manifestation of the utter complacency to be found in limited ideals." — From Francis W. Parker's preface to the American edition of Tate's " Philosophy of Education,'' pp. v., vi. 104 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. entirely compatible with the conservative tendency, but that any other mode of progress is an illusion, full of danger. We thus have two schools of educational thinkers, so sharply defined as to be in some sort antagonistic. It is charged against the leaders of the so-called reform party that they claim a proprietary right in the rubric "New Education " as a sort of trade-mark, and that their enthu- siasm has a certain commercial aspect that is not prepos- sessing. Per contra, it is alleged that the representative adherents of the status quo are blind leaders of the blind ; that, conscious of their inability to endure the light of the coming glory, they would protract the era of dark- ness ; and that when they do not speak reverently of the " New Education," they are moved by envy. These rivalries, it must be confessed, are not altogether pleasant; but let us find some consolation and even en- couragement in the fact that we are now fairly entering upon the second of the three stages of opinion noted by Mr. Spencer* as " the unanimity of the ignorant, the dis- agreement of the inquiring, and the unanimity of the wise." If we are ever to attain to this third state, " the unanimity of the wise," we must needs pass through this intermediate state of disagreement. " It is sometimes necessary to fight," says Aristotle, " but all to the end that we may have peace." It is the part of wisdom, doubtless, to abridge as much as possible this necessary period of dissent, and it is this thought that dictates the matter and the method of this discussion. As a constitutional aid towards harmonizing these two conflicting phases of opinion that have been noted, let " "Education," p. 101. THE MODE OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRESS. 105 US bear in mind that this divergence of opinion is due, in part, at least, to differences in mental coiistitntion. There are but few minds in which the reflective and the emotional elements are in a state of equipoise ; and a marked preponderance of either element entails a weak- ness of disproportion. An excess of feeling leads to great energy of movement, but it is usually accompanied by a marked defect in the power of clear insight; there is superabundant force, but it is ever prone to play antics thi'ougli lack of rational direction. On the other hand, disproportion on the side of the reflective habit almost inevitably entails some slowness of motion and an indis- position to niove out of beaten tracks.* Here w^e have an instance of a very common form of the division of labor. But few men, it seems, are constructed on so patholic a plan that they embody at once great motive power and superior ability in the line of clear thinking. In my boyhood I recollect it was a question of serious debate whether it was the ball or the powder that killed the bird ; and we find men stoutly affirming, some, that the world is moved and governed by ideas, and otliers, that sentiment is tlie universal motor. I now incline to the opinion that it requires the joint effect of powder and ball to kill the bird. Lest I lose myself in what may prove to be a digression, let me make haste to say that in educational reform the thinker and the enthusiast both liave their uses, and that neither should feel a con- tempt for the endowment he does not chance to have. A man who does a good quality of thinking may count * "Reflective men do not change; they become transformed. Ardent men, on the contrary, change ; they are not transformed." ' — Renan,"Les ApStres," p.l83. - 5* 106 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. himself a useful member of the profession, for his ideas, sooner or later, will be put in motion by some one who has a surplus endowment of sentiment. The great dan- ger of the man overstocked with sentiment is that he is often indiscriminating in the selection of ideas which he is to convert into mobiles. Kousseau put some very fin6 and hence very powerful sentiment back of some very foolish and even very false ideas ; and though a century has passed since his day, these false notions are still mov- ing briskly on their errands of mischief. At this pointy loyalty to the law of the division of labor is the saving clause. I now turn to the main purpose of this chapter, wliich is to discuss the normal mode of progress in education, to trace the main lines of educational thought thus far, and to determine, with some degree of probability, what may be expected of the future. The law of progress has already been stated in these terms: inheritance supplemented hy individual acquisi- tion. We shall best conceive the mode of progress in general if we think of the human race as composed of a series or succession of generations, each of which re- ceives from its predecessor the net results of its toils anoteiio]/ of ideas. "As a man thinketh, so is he," is the truest of educational philosophy. All men are governed by some belief. In business, in professional, in literary, in political, in religious life, and equally in a life of leisure, there is always the domination of ideas, or the directive and plastic action of theory. In a re- cent lecture Mr. Quick has said : " Englishmen in gener- al, schoolmasters in particular, seem anxious to do with- out theory. Does it never occur to them that, if they are afraid of theory, tliey must do without science and without religion? All science is theory in one sense of the word, all religion is theory in another sense." In moral education, the first essential is the formation of a vivid conception of the ideal life. Then we have some- thing to aspire after, to hope for, to strive for. It would be the saving of multitudes of the young if they had some good or beautiful thing to look forward to. In later life we will endure the horrors of the mal de mer if we may see London, or Paris, or Home ; and many a boy might go bravely through his de'clensions and con- jugations if there had been implanted in his mind the anticipated delight of reading the -^neid or the Iliad in the original. An idea colored with emotion becomes a motive. Motives either attract or propel, and the great secret of education is to transform the animal into a man, by implanting in him a proper motive of the attractive THE POTENCY OF IDEAS AND IDEALS. 161 sort, and, finally, by investing him with the power to de- termine for himself an intellectnal motive, as distin- guished from the merely sensuous impulse that governs the animal. Or, from another point of view, the problem of edu- cation may be stated in this way : To secure the ready disintegration of mols. A Greek proverb says : " A mob has no brains ;" the meaning doubtless being either that the only brain con- cerned is that of the leader, or that the units composing the mob have only one brain in common. In either case, disintegration will come the moment each of these units can determine its own motive instead of being controlled by a motive of another's imposition. For example, in our politics there is a large mobile element, the purchasa- ble factor, that has as little self-determining power as the ballast of a sailing-vessel. Could each of these "elec- tors " be given the power and the will to do his own thinking, the problem of political education would be solved. Which is better for the citizen, the practical drill of the "primaries," or the serious reading of the "Eepublic" and the " Laws"? It is no paradox to say that we should learn to swim, i. e., form an idea, pattern, or theory of swimming, before we plunge into the water, to the end that we may safely and thoroughly learn the art of swimming. In other words, we should Tcnow, to the end that we may do. First the head and then the hand ; finally, the hand inspired and guided by the head. In going from the old faith in the potency of ideas and ideals we have degenerated. We are following false gods. Socrates identified knowledge and virtue, holding that, if a man does wrong, it is because he does not know the 163 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. consequence of his proposed line of conduct. The latest of modern ethical doctrines is to the effect that the mere knowledge of what is riglit has but little effect on the doing of riglit; that conduct is determined mainly by habit ; that ethical precept or ethical theory is of but little account; but that ethical practice confirmed into habits of right living is the only valid moral training. And, in matters other than ethical, it is now held that theories or ideas are comparatively impotent, but that experience or practice is the main essential. The differ- ence between the ancient theory and the modern is al- most world-wide, and in this instance wo have a striking exemplification of the fact that human opinion oscillates from one extreme position to another, the periods of vi- bration sometimes being centuries. No one, nowadays, holds the extreme Socratic doctrine. It omitted to take account of habit and Iieredity, as well as of that atrophy of the will wliich is induced by intense emotion. The modern doctrine is equally partial and misleading; it obscures the potent influence of thought upon conduct, and exaggerates the empirical element in human train- ing. Tiie ancient doctrine is the nobler and the safer; and, as a matter of fact, it underlies most of the modern systems of ethical and professional instruction. In the sermon, in the Sabbath-school lesson, in the law-school, in the medical college, and even in schools of technologj', the Socratic doctrine, in its main elements, still holds the right of eminent domain. In modern education it is a dominant idea, and is itself a curious proof of the po- tency of ideas. Our reformers insist that a tlieory of what is to be done is of very little account ; but still they feel impelled to tell us that the old theory is wrong, and that their own theory is to be preferred. They in- THE POTENCY OF. IDEAS AND IDEALS. 163 voke the potency of ideas to dispuove the potency of ideas ! Men are sometimes said to be possessed of an idea, the meaning doubtless being that a thought has been sharply defined, and that this sharpness of definition has excited a strong emotion, so that the activities are now turned towards a determined object. Eeligions or philosophi- cal or political propagandism illustrates possession by a dominant idea. And what is prejudice but the domi- • nant power of an idea ? And what truer account can we give of the mechanism of envy, jealousy, malice, resent- ment, etc., than to say that in each case a dominant idea has excited a strong emotion, and that this emotion serves as a stimulus to action ? And what is insanity or mono- mania but an extreme case of possession by an idea? Ascending now to the higher regions of thouglit and emotion, what is the highest virtue but tlie highest con- ception of duty, accompanied by the stimulus of an ex- alted emotion ? The best man is he who has tlie highest and clearest conception of what he ought to do and to be, and then turns all his activities towards tlie attain- ment of the ends discerned by the intellect. Tlie clear definition of an ideal is the most potent factor in moral training.* The strength of Christianity lies in this fact. No other religion presents such an exalted ideal of moral excellence, and the Christian life is an illustration of the potency of ideas. In art, the truth just alleged is so ob- * "Every one of us has ■within him an ideal man, wliich he strives, from his youth upward, to clierish or to subdue. . . . But the ideal man comes upon the earth as an anthropolithe (a petri- fied man); to break this stony covering away from so many limbs that the rest can liberate themselves, this is, or should be, educa- tion." — Richter, op. cit., p. 35. 164 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. vions as to make formal mention of it almost unneces- sary. Tlie skill of the painter or sculptor is not so much in the deft hand as in the vivid and trained imagination. The true artist is possessed by liis ideals. The necessary antecedent to the production of what is beautiful is the conception of the beautiful. Not only this, but a vivid conception of the beautiful will, by a fundamental law of nature, embody itself in artistic creation. Artistic training is an affair of the head rather than of the hand. It is the prerogative of spirit to impress its forms npon matter; naj"^, more, it is the law of spirit — not may, but 'must. In some cases we can eliminate the manual element in training from the mental element. In penmanship, for example, the right hand may alone have been actually trained in writing, but, on occasion, the left liand will trace the letters without any previous empirical training. Whence came this ability' ? Evidently from the formal intelligence. The whole process might be briefly de- scribed as follows : Through the sense of sight the forms of letters are impressed on the mind ; these forms are reproduced by the right hand ; this reproduction by tlie hand reacts on the mind in the way of sharper defini- tion ; and, finally, this sharpness of definition gives im- mediate skill to the left hand. In tlie region of manual training this case exhibits the potency of ideas. It also exhibits whatever truth there is in the latest educational cant, " We learn to do by doing." In all rational prac- tice the antecedent to doing is knowing. No one but the veriest qnack will set about the doing of a task with- out having previously formed a mental conception of end and means. Every man who has a mind of normal power liolds a theory of life ; he lias formed a concep- THE POTENCY OF IDEAS AND IDEALS. 165 tion, more or less definite, of what human life ought to be ; and then his main activities are co-ordinated, in some degree, towards the attainment of his ideal. It has been well said that every man must philosophize; it should also be said that every man is bound, by a dominant law of his nature, to follow the precepts of iiis philosopliy. Wherever, in the conduct of life, there is an observed discrepancy between theory and practice, it will be found that tlie dominant theory is not the one that is pro- fessed. Historical illustrations of the potency of ideas may be found on every hand. Perhaps the most striking is what is known as the "Holy Roman Empire." It has been described as "tliat idea, that belief, created by memory and imagination, whicli acted as one of the great forces to prevent Europe from splitting into fragments. By persuading men that the}' all still belonged to one com- mon whole, it served as an artificial bond of union at a time when a bond of union of some sort was most vitally necessary. It exercised as strong a control over the men of those generations as the most stubborn facts could have done." * What has preserved the essential integ- i-ity of the Jewish nation through so many centuries of dispersion and disaster ? Evidently nothing but a domi- nant idea. Catholicism, Jesuitism, Protestantism, are illustrations of the same truth. The educational bearings of this doctrine are readily discerned. If ideas, ideals, beliefs, conceptions, hypoth- eses, have the potency that is here claimed for tliem, it follows that very much of the clamor now heard in be- half of "practical" education is ill-advised and unneces- sary. For all varieties of human labor, a sound mental * G. B. Adams. 166 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. training is a necessary prerequisite. Witli this general preparation, an art that chiefly involves manual dexter- ity is best learned by the practical imitation of good models; but a liberal art, or one which chiefly involves the exercise of judgment, discrimination, versatility, taste, tact, ingenuity, etc., is best learned by mastering its the- ory. In all such cases tlie schools should furnish pupils witli a science, and out of this science each one may be left to evolve his special art. In otiier words, a law school, a medical school, or a normal school is true to its proper function when it communicates a body of doc- trine. The sciences thus learned will be converted into arts on the occasion of experience. In all instruction of this kind the essential thing is accuracy, clearness, defi- nitcness. When this has been attained by a mind of normal robustness and alertness, the conversion of poten- tial into actual power is not attended with any serious diflicultj'. This doctrine has a direct bearing on the education of teachers. Some arts are purely mental, as poetry; others are almost purely muscular, as mining; and still others involve both mental and muscular dex- terities, as music and sculpture. Preparation for arts of the first class is purely mental ; for arts of tlie second class, almost purely manual ; and for the third class, men- tal and muscular jointly. Teaching proper is an art al- most as purely mental as poetr^'. The training of teach- ers has often been likened to the training of sculptors. Nothing but persistent practice, it is said, can give the sculptor the muscular deftness that his art requires. But the analogy between these two arts does not lie in this direction. The teaching art does not require manual or muscular dexterity. Tlie analogy is wholly on the men- tal side, as the most necessary endowment of both teach- THE POTENCY OF IDEAS AND IDEALS. 167 er and artist is a vivid ideal of what is to be done. Doubtless there will alwa3's be much teaching that is so spiritless as to be in a certain sense mechanical, and I fear that the method of training teachers that is most approved has a direct tendency to mechanize this art; but I write in behalf of teaching as a spiritual art, and so I counsel a different mode of preparation. CHAPTER IX. "PROCEED FROM THE KNOWN TO THE UNKNOWN." I HAVE selected for examination one of the most plausible of the so-called " Pestalozzian Principles." Many teachers have accepted this as a simple axiom ; such will think it absurd to attempt a critical examina- tion of it. If this were an axiom, it would certainly be absurd to discuss its truth ; and so I will begin by assert- ing that this well-worn "principle" is a bit of educa- tional cant that passes current to save the labor of think- ing. Axioms that are not axiomatic arrest thought ; they foster the delusion that a method has received its final justification when it has been shown to be consist- ent with one of these assumed principles. The mischief lies in the fact that these maxims are partly true and partly false. In some cases they lead us to the truth, and in others they betray us into error. This maxim is often employed to justify the construct- ive or sj'nthetic method of teaching geography, accord- ing to which the pupil proceeds from school-yard to town- ship, from township to county, from county to state, from state to nation, from nation to continent, from con- tinent to hemisphere, and finally to the globe. But, if an undoubted psychological law can be trusted, this specious method is false, is absolutely without scientific justifica- tion. My faith in a psychological law is much stronger than my faith in this educational axiom ; therefore I "PROCEED FROM THE KNOWN TO THE UNKNOWN." 169 suspect that we havo to do with an axiom that is not wholly axiomatic. From my point of view, then, this examination is not absurd. The "genesis of knowledge in the race" lias been a favorite starting-point with the educational philosophers who make a liberal nse of this axiom. Now it must be apparent that, with the race, the genesis of knowledge mnst have been from the unknown to tlie known ; for eacli individual of the race had nothing in the line of knowledge to begin with, and so must have proceeded from the unknown to the known. This primal experi- ence is typical of the experiences that follow in the life of the child ; for a considerable time passes before the old is recognized in the new to a degree sufficient to fall within tlie compass of this rule. The child is ever encountering new sensations; but as these are simple, he derives no help from previous sensations. In his knowl- edge of objects, the general process is still the same; each new object is a new unknown. It may be composed of parts that are really contained in objects previously known ; but, as first impressions are always confused, these parts are as yet not discriminated, and so cannot be \i8ed to analyze the new unknown. Again, in this course of unconscious tuition, the learn- ing of elements or parts is always subsequent to the learning of aggregates or wholes. Definitude, as Hamil- ton has observed, is not the first but the last term of our cognitions.* It is only in a mature period of culture that the knowledge of elements is sufficient to permit a prompt resolution of the new into the old. Childhood is well over before the resolution of the confused into the definite is well begun. One half of thinking is men- • " Metaphysics," p. 498. 8 170 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION, tal disintegration — the reaction of the mind in the way of analysis upon complex presentations ; so that if, before the presentation is made, its elements are already in the mind, the tension of thought is low. To think vigor- ously, there must be some resistance; but resistance be- comes less as analysis becomes easier ; and analysis grows easy in proportion as elements admit of quick discern- ment. If, then, the dogma, " Proceed from the known to the unknown," means that the pupil should master the elements of a complex notion before the notion itself has been presented, it is unsound from two points of view : 1. It is in direct conflict with a normal law of mental growth, a law that is stated by Hamilton as follows: " The first procedure of the mind in the elaboration of its knowledge is always analytical. It descends from the whole to its parts, from the vague to the definite." 2. In consequence of a violation of this law, this dog- ma, interpreted as above, absolves from the necessity of thinking. Indeed, when I think on the possible conse- quences of such a doctrine, I feel glad that this dogma can neither be interpreted nor applied. How happily hopeless the case is, we may judge from Mr. Bain's frait- less struggle with this " favorite maxim of the teaching art." * So far as I am able to interpret the facts of mental progression, the normal sequence is as follows : In in- fancy, from the unknown to the imperfectly known ; in childhood, from the imperfectly known to the better known ; in maturity, from the better known to the well known. With respect to the resolution of presentations, * "Education as a Science," p. 128. "PROCEED FROM THE KNOWN TO THE UNKNOWN." 171 the case seems to stand thus ; in mere infancy, this reso- lution is impossible.; in childhood, it is difficult; in ma- turity, it is easy. In order to maintain a normal tension of thinking, there should be this gradation in presenta- tions : in childhood, they should be of easy resolution ; in maturity, of difficult resolution. "With increase of power there should be increase of difficulty. Milo, the weak- ling, lifted the calf; Milo, the athlete, lifted the ox.* If the maxim we are discussing means this, it expresses a great truth that all can understand and apply. In further illustration of my subject, let me refer to what I think is the history of this maxim. In his at- tempt to decipher the hieroglyphic inscription on the Kosetta Stone, ChampoUion had the aid of neither dic- tionary nor grammar. He was confronted with the ab- solutely unknown ; but such was his acuteness that he resolved this riddle, and so made it easy to read other in- scriptions of this kind. Now I submit that, in a school of Champollions, work of this type is not only proper, but is the very best that can be devised ; on the hypoth- esis, of course, that the first essential in education is dis- cipline or training, rather than the gaining of knowledge that can be readily converted into money or bread. But as the pupils in our schools are not Champollions, I hasten to say that the tasks we prescribe should not be Eosetta Stones. Still, I think this may very well be taken as the type of work that is best for the purposes of the highest discipline ; and, by making successive additions of known elements, this may be the type of work best suited to the needs of pupils in a descending scale of ability. If we ♦ " Milo, haying been accustomed to carry the same calf every day, ended by carrying a bull."— Quintilian, " Institutes," i., 9, 5. 17S SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. reflect on the two cases, we shall see that a page of the primer is to the child about what a face of the Kosetta Stone was to CliampoUion. In botli cases, the vague un- known must be resolved into the definite known ; and, in both cases, the elements that come from the disintegra- tion of a few aggregates become the keys to the inter- pretation of other aggregates. Kelatively considered, the child's task is the greater; but, by supplementing his weaker ability, he succeeds in doing Champollion's work. Now, let us imagine a case somewhat more difficult. Suppose Champollion had been set to learn the sacred language of Egypt from a grammar written in Demotic ; that is, suppose an unknown language must be learned by means of a book written in a language equally un- known. It is still conceivable that the aeuteness of a Champollion might penetrate this double obscurity ; but the difficulties of the case are too formidable to furnish us with a type for school work. In reality, this supposed case is very like the actual case of learning Latin from a grammar written in Latin. Up to the time of Comenius (1592-1671), this was the current practice ; and one of the reforms attempted by Comenius consisted in teaching Latin through the ver- nacular ; that is, a known language should be the me- dium for learning an unknown language. And so we have thia principle of teaching: '■'• Nature proceeds from the more easy to the more difficult. We find Latin rules taught in Latin — the unknown by the equally unknown and many other faults which will be amended if (1) the teacher speak the same vernacular as the boy ; (2) if all explanations of things be given in a Jcnown tongue ; (3) if every grammar and lexicon be adapted to that tongue "PROCEED FROM THE KNOWN TO THE UNKNOWN." 173 {i. e., the vernacular) by means of which the new is to be learned." * I believe that tlie fact just related, that an unknown language was taught by means of a language equally un- known, rather than through the vernacular, gave rise to this famous maxim, " From the known to the unknown." The maxim was made to govern special cases — the learn- ing of new languages — and, when limited to these cases, it was eminently wise and useful ; but when it was made to cover the whole field of teaching, it became what we see it to be to-day, nonsense and cant. The history of this maxim is only one illustration of the vice of mere enthusiasts — catching up a method that is good in special cases, and then putting it on the market as a method of universal application. A specific becomes a panacea. Object-teaching and the monitorial system are other il- lustrations of this vicious generalization. The danger of thoughtlessly accepting a specious gen- eralization has been admirably pointed out by Degerando as follows : " Nothing comes nearer ignorance of a pi'in- ciple than its excessive generalization. The imagination receives it from the hands of the genius that discovered it and carries it in ti'iumph to the very summit of our knowledge, thus giving it a jurisdiction without limits. Then mental indolence and vanity conspire with the im- agination to perpetuate this usurpation. It is so easy and so beautiful to explain everything by a common so- lution, and to need but one fact in order to know, or at least to seem to know, everything ! There is a fashion in opinions as well as in dress." f * Laurie, "Life of Comenias " (London, 1881), p. 91. t J. M. Degerando, " Dcs Signes et de 1' Art de Penser " (Paris, An. Vin.), vol. 1., p. XX. 174 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. . I do not believe this dogma can be emplo3'ed with any certainty, save in cases where language is the medium of instruction. Thought cannot be conveyed, bnt only in- duced or provoked ; and so there can be no communica- tion between one mind and another, unless the symbols employed as the medium of communication are mutually understood. The common ground on which pupil and teacher stand is the vernacnlar, the known ; and starting from this common ground, the pupil may compass suc- cessive portions of the unknown. The wide currency given to this dogma. is, doubtless, due to the prevailing assumption that the child's knowlr edge should be built up synthetically, starting with known elements and constructing them into aggregates. This assumption is baseless, the normal sequence being from aggregates to elements or parts. If this maxim can be construed to mean that an aggregate of easy resolution should be mastered as a means of resolving a higher ag- gregate, then it is true ; but there is no reason to think tliat it is thus construed. In conclusion, my objections to this " favorite maxim of the teaching art " are as follows : 1. It was framed for special cases, but has been gen- eralized to cover all cases. It should be restricted to a little more than its original compass. 2. In its present state it is ambiguous, vague, in many cases of uncertain application, and in others, impossible to apply (Bain, loo. cit.). 3. It is a warrant for the constructive or synthetic method of instruction, as in geography. CHAPTER X. TRIBUTE TO FETICH WORSHIP. Of late, countless changes have been rung on the " college fetich," and the lamentations over the years wasted in classical study have been very pathetic. From the village schoolmaster, who decries tliat to which he never can attain, to the college president, who would place himself en rapport with the mobile and dissatisfied public, we have had countless homilies on a reform in the college curriculum which should exalt the living over the dead, and thus train the better spirits of the age into fitness for the real duties of this working-day world. There is no field of discussion where it is so easy to en- list the sympathies and excite the prejudices of the un- lettered and uncritical public. Life two thousand years ago, with its worship of heathen divinities, barbarous lan- guages horrid with grammatical subtilties, all this is brought into pitiable contrast with the robust freshness of modern life, its elegant literatures, its exalted ethics, its political freedom, and its thousand charms due to the ameliorations of modern science. The only wonder is that so little use has been made of these obvious con- trasts. On this theme every debating society in the land might be the nightly scene of fervid eloquence and tri- umphant victory, if only the " college fetich " could find a champion. The. surprising thing is that, while the arguments, 176 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. against the study of the classics are so readily marshalled, and, in appearance at least, arc so formidable, the colleges continue in the old bad way with placid indifference, and the students of the better mental endowment, and with the truer scholarly instincts, show a scarcely abated zeal for the study of the Greek and Koman languages and literatures. What I have particularly observed in one institution of learning I believe to be true of similar in- stitutions at home and abroad ; that the classical courses are at least fairly holding their own, and that the shift- ing that occurs from one course to another is generally towards the Ph. B. and A. B. courses. As it seems to me, classical teachers have been needlessly alarmed as to the future status of classical learning. They have been de- ceived by the noise and demonstration of the assault; but they have no just cause for alarm, provided they make instruction in the classics consist not principally in the niceties and details of the grammar, but in catching the spirit and tasting the flavor of the classical litera- tures. Literature is the end ; grammar chiefly the means. The " Commentaries " are to be read not as the means of teaching the nature of the gerundive, the ablative ab- solute, and indirect discourse, but as the means of bring- ing the mind of the student into intimate communion with the thoughts and deeds of the ablest captain, thinker, and writer of his age, or any age before or since. Classical instruction, to hold its own, must have constant reference to " those large utterances of the early gods," and con- siderably less to the mysteries of the ethical dative and the subscript iota. It is to be hoped that at least this lesson has been taught by the disciples of a modern culture. No one denies that the ancient college curriculum should be considerably modified in order to adjust itself TRIBUTE TO FETICH WORSHIP. 177 to the present state of Iinraan learning. An education exclusively classical and mathematical is not, for a scholar of this generation, a liberal education ; neither is a man liberally educated whose training has been mainly in mathematics, modern languages, and natural science. If we adopt a distinction made by Doctor Whewell, the basis of a liberal education should be the " permanent studies," i. e., those that have received their final form, such as the classical languages, certain parts of physics, deductive logic, etc., but should also include selections from the " progressive studies," i. e., those now in process of formation, such as modern languages, the inductive sciences, etc. The former studies connect us with the past, while the latter interest us in the present and the future; and by their joint influence the student is made to participate in the conscious life of the race. One of the most common, and, as it seems to me, one of the most specious, objections to classical study is to this effect: "After a student has been from college for only a few years, what has he to show for his six years' toil over his Latin and Greek ? He will not venture to translate an ' unseen,' and is ill at ease if confronted with the well-thumbed texts of his college days. Of what use is it to learn at such great cost what is so soon forgotten ?" The same things might be said of all studies that are not kept bright by daily use. Who that has mastered Euclid can, after five years' absence from col- lege, give an impromptu demonstration of even a simi^le proposition ? Yet this fact does not in the least degree impeach the worth of mathematical training. This is a formal science, and, while the matter may have disap- peared, the effect of the study accompanies each intel- lectual act. In the region of taste, classical study is for- " 8* 178 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. mative in as trae a sense and in as great a degree as in the case just cited ; and if we admit, as we think it must be admitted, that the better half of culture is concerned with taste, feeling, and emotion, it follows that the classics are culture subjects in a pre-eminent dfegree. So far is it from being true that the value of a subject for pur- poses of culture can be tested by the residue held in the memory, that it may the rather be affirmed that knowU edge can be transformed into faculty, power, taste, and character, only on the condition that it shall lose its iden- tity. Of course, this line of thought brings us into that re- gion where the examiner's direct methods will always fail him. The scientific mind, that tests all things by rule and balance, would also' find some sensible test for culture, and when he fails in this, as from the nature of the case he alwa3's must fail, he at once concludes that what he does not find is non-existent. There is no direct examination test for culture. All that is possible in these higher regions is to infer the fact of cujture from certain kinds of aliment that have been found to produce it. An examiner can readily discern whether the student can interpret the language of Homer and Vergil, and to what degree he enters into the spirit of these poems — these are the palpable results of the inquest; but whether this knowledge has passed its final transformation into taste and poetic insight is a matter of inference — the prod- uct, though real and of superlative worth, is impalpable. Eicliter has said, " Do not in the least degree support re- ligion and morality by reasons ; even the multitude of pillars darken and contract churches." It may be that the highest: forms of intellectual cult- ure are akin to religion and morality in respect of their TRIBUTE TO FETICH WORSHIP. 179 verification, and that this fact will explain the little that has been gained in the classical controversy by mere ar- gnmentation. Sentiment is often surer in its aim and swifter in its course than the cold logic of the reasoner ; and it is almost a contradiction in terras to reason about what can only be felt. This line of remark is applicable to all forms of culture, scientific, artistic, historical, or literary ; in no Case does it admit of quantitative evalua- tion. In educational history, the recoil of opinion tow- ards realism seems to have reached its limit, and the return movement towards humane culture of the clas- sical type, to have begun. Men of scholarly instincts will continue to find intellectual delight in classical learning, and wherever the type of intellectual culture is higliest, there the appreciation of classical learning will be highest. CHAPTER XI. LESSONS PROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. In tracing tlie history of normal schools in this coun- try, I have been struck with the importance which their founders attached to the study of the history of educa- tion as an essential factor in a teacher's preparation. These New England educators of a half-century ago had a large conception of the qualifications of one whose voca- tion was to teach. In these proposed professional schools the subject of education was to be comprehensively stud- ied in its three phases — as an art, as a philosophy, and as a history. This catholic scheme of professional study was worthy the men who conceived it ; and though their ideal has been only very imperfectly realized, it is still an ideal for us and our successors. It is to one element in this catholic scheme of study that I would invite at- tention. Tlie importance of the study of the history of educa- tion may be urged on several grounds. I will make brief mention of some of them. 1. If we define the purpose of historical study in gen- eral to be that of forming a vivid conception of the most notable things done by the human race, we make it a culture subject in the true sense of tliat term ; for there is a vast aggregate to enlist the comprehensive powers of the mind, a complexity to tax the discriminating ability, and a vast human interest to call into exercise the emo- tional element in human nature. History, pursued in LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OP EDUCATION. 181 the light of this conception, permits the student to par- ticipate in the conscious life of the race. Any study that serves this purpose in a considerable degree is a cult- ure subject ; and any study that does not fulfil this pur- pose in some appreciable degree has, to this extent, lost its ciUture value. Now, what is true of history in gen- eral is true, in some degree, of special phases of history. It is tlie prerogative of educational history to exhibit the conscious efforts of the wisest and the best of the human race in behalf of their successors on the earth, the fate of the systems which they devised, and the principles which w^ere involved in them. Here is a comprehensive aggregate, a complexity of structure, and an involution of human interests, that mark this subject as having a ctulture value of high grade. Historical study in general is an element of general culture ; the study of educational history is an element of professional culture. My obser- vations of teachers and schools seem to have taught me f!iat the thing needed above all others by the teaching class is that indefinable, impalpable, but very real tiling which we call culture ; and I feel sure that nothing will contribute more directly or more powerfully to this end than the historical study of educational systems, methods, and doctrines. 2. What inheritance is comparable to that of an hon- ored name derived from a long line of honorable and honored ancestry ? Noblesse oblige ! How is each gen- eration thus constrained to preserve the family traditions and the family honor! Animated by this spirit, how easy it is to kindle a zeal that will lighten all life's bur- dens ! Almost as potent is pride in professional ancestry. Yet how few teachers are able to avail themselves of this stimulus to noble effort ! What profession can boast sncii 183 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. a long line of illustrious ancestry ? Mark a few names that occur almost at random — Moses, Ezra, Solomon, Cheist, Paul, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Alcuin, Comer nius, Pestalozzi, Arnold. Yet it is to be feared that, to very many teachers, the most of these are unknown names. I venture to express the opinion that, in the case of tlie teachers who have the best opportunities for a professional education, the substitution of educational history for the highest of the higher mathematics, or for entomology, or even for some of the practice work, ■would be a most profitable innovation. 3. While the practical value of a subject, *. e., its value for guidance, is by no means its highest claim to consid: eration, it is one that should be taken into careful acr count. I am in doubt whether this subject has a prac- tical value, according to the current use of the term. -We need not expect to learn from it how to stop whis- pering, or to prevent tardiness, or to teach subtraction, or any one of the thousand things that a teacher must know. This knowledge cannot be applied to such spe- cific uses, but rather to uses which are general and com- prehensive, such as the trend of thought on educational questions through the centuries, judicial fairness in the discussion of complex problems, wisdom in dealing with systems and methods that have once been put on trial, etc. These uses are so general that, even from this third point of view, the subject seems to have a culture value rather than a practical value. Still, out of deference to usage, let us call these high uses I have indicated prac- tical, and say that the study of educational history should be encouraged on the score of its value for guidance. The most specific advantage to be derived froni this study is the saving of time, efforts, and money in the LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 183 avoiding of experiments tliat experience has once con- demned. By the light of this knowledge we are able to start on our own forward journey witli the net re- sults of all past educational efEort as our own capital — . an advantage whose importance it is not possible to es- timate. In normal schools the history of education has never occupied the important place that their projectors desired and anticipated, and we have not to go far to find the reasons for this failure. In some cases the scheme of professional instruction has been so " practical " that this unpractical subject has been eliminated from the curricu- lum. As I was once told by a very prominent normal- school principal, "We aim at purely practical results; a man can teach a good school without knowing any- thing of the history of education." The history of education affords striking illustrations of what seems to be a very general law of human opinion— rthat recoil from one error is pretty sure to land us in an error of an opposite sort. That one ex- treme follows another is an observation almost as old as reflection itself. This law seems to be involved in the famous doctrine of The Mean, of which Aristotle makes so much. According to this conception, truth, in conduct or action, is the harmony of two opposing or contrary movements; and such is the weakness or the infirmity of the human mind that it can seize and com- prehend only one of these two phases of truth at one and the same time. For example, strict allegiance to truth requires the constant union of the formal and the real, or of the sign and the thing signified ; but there is al- ways a tendency for the mind to be occupied with the easier of these two elements, to the neglect of the one 184 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. more diflBcult of comprehension. Thus, in religion, there is alwaj's a tendency to formalism ; that is, to set up the symbol as an object of reverence, and so to leave out of account the verities of religion. In process of time this movement goes to such an extreme that it excites remon- strance, and then there sets in a movement back towards the simple and the real. In the sixteenth century the movement towards religious formalism reached its culmi- nation, and then the recoil came in the name of Protestant- ism, and then in the name of Puritanism, of Quakerism, of Methodism, etc. The divorce of form from content, the gradual culmination of the formal, and then a recoil towards the real, is just as observable in the history of science. Just prior to the period of Socrates, for example, the current knowledge of the time had been formulated, and the vocation of the scliolar was to gain possession of these specious formulas, often empty, always hollow and deceptive. This movement had gone so far that, to be counted wise, a man had need only to collect a library. Under this artificial state of things the Socratic move- ment began, which, in one of its main characteristics, consisted in exposing the emptiness of what passed for knowledge. During the centuries that have followed the era of Socrates this oscillation from form to content, and then from content back to form, has been a recur- ring phenomenon. Truth, discovered, realized, and formulated in one age, becomes the cant of the next; and then a reform movement sets in, the purpose of which is to restore to forms their historic and proper content. In illustrating this general law of the oscilla- tion of opinion from one extreme to another, I have in- cidentally stated one important instance of this move- ment — that from form to content, from sign to thing, LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 183 and then the reverse movement from the real to the formal. An analogous case is next to be men- tioned. It appears to me that the truest statement yet made of the purpose of education is the following, by Mr. Matthew Arnold : " The ideal of a general, liberal train- ing is to carry us to a knowledge of ourselves and the world."* The two factors in this conception are the world without and the world within ; the one discov- ered by observation, the other by reflection. The his- torical fact that I wish to call attention to is, that the current of opinion has flowed first towards one of these regions of knowledge, and then, by a recoil movement, towards the other. Physical or cosniical research had occupied the attention of the philosophers who preceded Socrates. Their purpose was to account for the physical universe and to explain physical phenomena. Socrates, seeing the spaciousness and inutility of these specula- tions, and convinced of their untruthfulness by noting the conflicting views held by those pretended wise men, directed his attention from the world without to the world within ; for observation he substituted reflection ; for physics, ethics. This recoil movement in human thought culminated in the age of Bacon ; the period of oscillation was thus about twenty centuries. With Ba- con there began a return movement towards realism, and now the pendulum of opinion has gone far back towards the pre-Socratic modes of thought. We of to-day are either promoting this recoil towards realism or physical philosophy, or are borne along in the current in spite of our resistance. The indications of fact are not to be mis- taken. Object-teaching, sense-training, the culture of the * " Higher School and TJniversities in Germany," p. 191. 186 SCIENCE OP EDUCATION. observing powers, manual training, are positive marks; while the warfare against the classics, the discredit thrown upon metapliysics, and a relaxing of faith in ideals, and in whatever cannot be weighed and measured, are nega- tive indications of the same fact. A prevision that seems to be warranted by this historic movement is this — tlie mode of thonglit now in the ascendant exaggerates one of tlie elements of a liberal training, and by so much be- littles the other ; a return movement may be anticipated, and finally the oscillations will practically cease, and the training in the scliools will harmonize the elements tliat are now at variance. An indication that we are even now approaching this ideal adjustment is the fact that, in our universities and in our secondary schools, the old is granting domicile to the new, and they bid fair not only to live together in harmony, but to be mutually helpful. It is an auspicious sign of the times that a stu- dent who is construing Homer this hour is to be found in the physical laboratory the next hour. This course of events will finally lead to the ideal curriculum, which will combine in harmonious measure the formal sciences, such as logic and mathematics, the real sciences, such as phys- ics and chemistry, and the humane sciences, such as his- tory and literature. The almost complete divorce of tlie old from the new is seen in those distinct establishments known as the German Gymnasium and Real School. So far as this separation is maintained, it stands opposed to that ideal adjustment which is predicted by the liistoric movement of opinion. In the American high school of the first class the classical course and the scientific course are impartially administered under one management, and often there is a third course, the Latin and scientific, which is a compromise of the old and the new, and in LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 187 the end will, perhaps, serve as tlie basis of the final and ideal adjustment commended by Mr. Arnold. In this respect the American public-school policy is more nearly in the line of historic development than the German. In the meantime, the man of one idea will continue to lift np his voice. On the one side there will be pre- scribed and exclusive intellectual diet of Greek and Lat- in and mathematical roots, and on the other of bugs, but^ terflies, and botanical roots. But for ourselves and our children, we will order a mixed diet. Our sons shall be able to read the Iliad and to analyze air, earth, and wa- ter, and our daughters to read Dante and to make bread and cook a beefsteak. Our educational creed shall em- brace both the trained head and the trained hand, though we will train the head first, as the best means of training the hand. A survey of the whole historic course of human train- ing shows that ancient education was dominated by the spirit of authority, and tiiat in modern education the pupil has become, in theory at least, his own master. Anciently the injunction was, " Accept this as true, be- cause I assert that it is true ;" now the theory is, " Ac- cept nothing as true unless you have verified it by your own personal experience." Here the recoil has been from tyranny to anarchy. As illustrations of these ex- tremes, read the " Talmud " and the " fimile." The act- ual Jewish child was rigidly kept within the narrow cir- cle of authority ; the imaginary, though impossible, Emil- iusisinvestedfrom very infancy with the liberty of the uni- verse. If the self-consciousness of Eousseau were fully awake while he was composing his educational romance, he must have laughed in his sleeve when he thought of the readers who would accept on simple trust a theory 188 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. which expressly repudiated all trust. But then it requires a dogmatist to condemn dogmatism. Here, again, the trutii lies at the mean. Authoritative teaching is right, so is free inquiry and personal exami- nation. Man is at once dependent and independent, but the major factor in his constitution is dependence. So far as he is dependent he must rely for guidance on au- thority. The older conception, therefore, has the larger amount of truth in it. The older practice of the two is the wiser and the safer ; but the ideal practice, free- dom duly guided and tempered by authority, is better than either. The great historic movements in opinion will attain this ideal as a resultant. Ancient education was concerned almost exclusively with accumulated knowledge, that is, with knowledge which could be acquired through the interpretation of language. We may properly and conveniently call this second-hand knowledge. The extreme modern theory is that learning is a process of discovery or of rediscover}'. To employ the conceit of Eousseau, the pupil shall not Icam science, but shall discover it. Throw aside books, take nothing for granted, assume that the world of knowledge is unexplored, and then rise to the compre- hension of the universe by repeating the experiences of the race ! This, in brief, is the latest theory of learning and teaching. Locke was unconsciously the author of it ; Kousseau gave it currency by putting a bit of senti- ment behind it; Oondillac actually attempted to put it in practice; and Spencer has attempted, by specious sophistry, to establish it on a basis of philosophy. Mr. Bain has happily and truthfully characterized tliis hy- pothesis as a "bold fiction."* As to the disuse of * " Education as a Science," p. 94. LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 189 books, let it be recollected tliat there is some knowledge, as of history, the reproduction of which without the aid of books is inconceivable. There is otiier knowledge, the reproduction of which, without the aid of books, though conceivable, is practically impossible in the life- time of any one individual. Natural science and geog- raphy are examples of this. The impossibility lies in the fact that much of the material to be studied is inac- cessible to any one mind. There is a third class of sub- jects, distinguished by the fact that all the material is in the personal possession of each mind, such as logic, met- aphysics, mathematics, and ethics. Science, as Socrates understood it, was ethics, and so he was right in his defi- nition of the ideal teaching, that it consisted in leading a pupil to formulate his own knowledge, or in assisting him in the birth of ideas. A French writer has de- scribed Socratic teaching as " L'accouchement d'nne ame." If we will recollect that what is practicable in ethics is inconceivable in history, and barely possible in science, we need have no difficulty in determining the place of books in the work of instruction. I interpret the outcry against the use of books as a recoil from the old-time misuse of books. The crusade will do good if it guards us against the old error, but is most likely to do great harm, by leading us into a still more dangerous error. Some earnest men have been betrayed into a con- demnation of books through a misconception of Socratic teaching. The true reformer will not stultify himself by preaching the abolition of text-books, but will the rather teach us the right use of books. The law of prog- ress is inheritance supplemented by acquisition ; and as the volume of capitalized knowledge swells in bulk from age to age, the importance of books will increase 190 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. from age to age. The most of our knowledge we must receive at second-hand ; the most of the science that we learn we mnst learn as literature and not experimental- ly ; and it is questionable -whether, for the ends of cult- ure, second-hand knowledge is not better than first-hand knowledge. For practical or professional uses, physiol- ogy should, no doubt, be learned in the dissecting-room and in the physiological laborator}'; but for the pur- poses of general culture it should be learned from books. Plato estimated the importance of studies chiefly on the basis of their disciplinary or culture value. His repug- nance to practical studies, or, rather, to studies pursued for purely practical ends, may have been an instinct, but his preference was well founded. Any study consciously learned for practical ends has but slight culture value. This is one of the main reasons why a man should be liberally educated before he learns a profession, and also why it is unwise to pursue a general and a technical course of training simultaneously. If we give the term " Church " its wider signification, the statement in the " Dictionnaire de Pedagogic " (ar- ticle " Confessionnelles ") is certainly true : " Historique- ment I'^cole a 6t6 dans tous les pays la fille de I'eglise." The first formal teaching was religious, and the first schools were connected with places of religious worship. The hieratic or priestly class was the first educated class, and the early schools were necessarily confessional. The historical union of Church and school dates back from time immemorial, and the religious imprint left on edu- cation has been well-nigh ineffaceable. It is neither my duty nor my purpose, at this time, to discuss the effects, good and bad, of this domination of education by the Church ; but ratlier to point out certain historical facts, LESSONS FKOM THE IIISTORT OF EDUCATION. 191 and thus to discover the trend of linman opinion. Hu- man opinion, in the aggregate, is a resistless force ; it is slow to start, its motion can be discerned only from the vantage-ground of centuries, but it crushes the luckless system that presumes to arrest its progress. It is well said of some things that they come in the fulness of time. Their coming cannot be perceptibly hastened by the set purposes of men ; but, when they do come, they have come to stay till their destined mission is fulfilled. And their exit is never sudden. Slow transition is the law of progress. " He must increase, but I must de- crease," is a tj'pieal description of all forms of progress. The final sentence may have been made up against the thing that is, but it will not vacate at once for the thing that is to be. The old life wanes in the same degree that the new life waxes. The ancient domination of the school by the Church, and the modern domination of the school by the State, is a large illustration of the his- toric phenomenon I have tried to point out. During the later Christian centuries church control of education has been gradually waning, and, during the same period, state control of education has been as gradually waxing. The unmistakable progress of human opinion is irresisti- bly towards what French educators call Laicite, or the secularization of the school. In France, secularization is complete and actual ; in England it is partial ; in the United States it is established in theory, though the the- ory is not wholly supported by practice. The concep- tion of state control of education is very old ; it is only its domination that is new. The first appearance of this conception was in Persia — at least, prior to the time of Cyrus ; it was actually dominant in Sparta in the time of Lycurgus. During the Middle Age the lesson seems 192 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. to have been forgotten ; bnt the thought reappeared at the Eenaissance, and to-day, throughout the whole world, save in the few countries where the State is dominated by the Churcli, secularization is fairly in the ascendant. Tiie historical union of Church and school has led to some consequences that are deserving of note. As the primary concern of the Church is conduct and char- acter, so the matter of instruction in the church-school was religious, ethical, or prudential. All the ancient systems of education agree in this respect. The In- dian, the Persian, the Egyptian, the Jew, the Chinaman, were taught, above all things, their duties to their sn- periors, celestial and terrestrial. The teaching of Socrates was purely ethical, and that of Plato and Aristotle main- ly 80. The preoccupation of all these eminent teachers was justice ; the conduct of the young was to be brought into the most perfect conformity with the law of right. The kind of training next in importance was physical ; the body must be brought and kept under a systematic regimen as tlie essential condition of mental soundness. The kind of instruction lowest in esteem was what we denominate practical. Plato, as previously observed, would make the study of arithmetic compulsory, but al- most solely on the ground of its disciplinary, or, as we would say, its culture, value. In modern education this sequence has been virtually reversed. The main preoc- cupation of the modern school is intellectual training and the gaining of useful knowledge; next come religions, ethical, and prudential knowledge and training; and, lastly, physical. The general causes that have operated to change the great aims of education may be noted in the sequel. The general character of ancient education being re- LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 193 iigious or ethical, it is plain that all instruction was based on authority. The truth to be taught was embodied in revelations from heaven, or in the precepts of men. In either case the knowledge was accessible only through the interpretation of language. We may express this general fact by saying that, as to its mode, ancient educa- tion was almost purely literary. The art of the scholar consisted in the interpretation of books. The degree to which the book has now lost its ancient ascendency need not be pointed out, though it is well to dwell for a mo- ment on the general cause of this change. It lies in the fact that the reign of authority has been broken, and that learning is now conceived to be a process of discov- ery or of rediscovery. What need is there of books when it is assumed that each individual must be educated just as the race was educated historically? As ancient education was mainly literary, instruction must have been based on memory. The truth was embodied in words, and it was very easy to form the conception that the readiest way to lodge the truth in the soul was to lodge the formal expression of it in the memory. In addition to this, in all religious instruction, the form of the expression was almost as sacred as the truth expressed. Hence the very language of the text must be learned.* From these two circumstances learn- * " The Rabbins required of their pupils a faithful memory, and that they should add nothing to the matter -which had been taught them. It was a saying among these teachers, that ' he who forgets parts of what he has learned causes his own destruc- tion.' ' It is the duty of each one to teach with the very words used by his master;' and the highest praise that could be spoken of a disciple was this : ' he is like a cistern plastered with cement, that does not let a drop of water escape.' This extreme solicitude enables us to understand how the disciples of Jesus could retain in 9 194 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ing became nearly synonymous witli memorizing. In modern times, as knowledge has lost much of its sacred character, and as education has become only in part lit- erary, the oflSce of memory has fallen into discredit. The function of this faculty is certainly not so absolute as in the ancient day, nor so limited as the modern ex- tremist asserts. Its proper use is indicated by the com- position of our education, made up, as it seems to me it should be, of three parts of second-hand knowledge to one part of first-hand knowledge. Those who would mix the ingredients in a different proportion will, of course, assign a correspondingly different value to the memorizing process. In this connection there is one thing that should be carefully noted. The history of education has shown that memory is the conservative faculty. By this expression I do not mean that knowl- edge and intellectual progress are assured to the individ- ual mind through the agency of this faculty, though this, of course, is true; but that national stability has been secured through systems of instruction based on the ex- act memorizing of religions, ethical, prudential, and legal precepts. The most conservative and the most stable nation on earth is the Chinese, and it is not a mere co- incidence that the education of this people from time immemorial has been based on a rigid process of memo- rizing. Under such a system of instruction, continued through centuries, education becomes fate, the potency of ideas becomes absolute. Of course, the bad side of this system is very apparent. The conservatism is so ingrained that it is an effectual bar to progress. There memory his instructions, and report them to us with such aston-. ishing fidelity." — Edmond Stapfer, "La Palestine au Temps de Jgsus-Christ " (Paris, 18&5), pp. 293, 294. LESSONS FKOM THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION. 195 is scarcely a doubt that if the modern laissez faire sys- tem were to dominate in the schools of China, national disintegration would set in after only a few generations. For a time, hereditary conservatism would withstand tho solvent of the "new education." A more striking illus- tration, if possible, of national conservation through an education based on memory, is the history of the Jewish race, that nation without a country. The bond of liga- tion is a powerful one — a rigid monotheistic faith ; but this faith has been made a vital, universal bond of na- tionality by the very incorporation of the Law into the Jewish race through immemorial memorizing. Tho most ancient education of the Eoman consisted almost exclusively in the verbal memorizing of the Twelve Ta- bles, and there can scarcely be a doubt that the Koman viETus was the direct consequence of this mode of educa- tion. Much of the flippant disparagement of memory would cease if the subject could be viewed in the light of historic results. Who can doubt that the stability of the Koman Church lies in the memorizing of a rigid creed? Who can doubt that the weakness of many Protestant churches lies in a lax memorizing of creed? A universal weakness of Sabbath-school instruction is well-intended talk about the Scriptures, instead of an unfolding of Scripture that has first been memorized. If we conceive that one chief function of the American public school is to furnish the nation with successive generations of men and women fit for the high duties of American citizenship, ought not both the letter and the spirit of the Constitution to be impressed on the souls of our youth somewhat as the Twelve Tables were impressed on the souls of Roman youths?* * " That Tvliich contributes most to preserve the State is to edu- 196 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. Another general lesson taught by this historical sur- vey is that education has always been moulded in ac- cordance with political or religious needs ; that is, the school, instead of dominating the State and the Church, has been dominated by them. For example, Phoenicia was devoted to traffic, and so the art of computation was made a staple of instruction in her schools. The small states of Greece, exposed to the ever-present dangers of invasion, had need of a brave and hardy soldiery ; and so gymnastic training of the military type was enjoined on all Grecian youth. Egypt was pervaded by the spir- it of caste, and so the purpose of instruction was to pre- pare the son for following the occupation of his father. The preoccupation of the Jew was the maintenance of the sacred traditions, and so instruction became a care- ful process of indoctrination. The Reformation, by throwing on each human being tlie burden of his own salvation, made it necessary that every child should know how to read ; and, to meet this necessity, schools were multiplied till all had an opportunity to learn to read. In cases where state needs were felt to be urgent, and wliere there was not a prompt response to the public call, there was a resort to compulsion, as in ancient Sparta, and, in a measure, among the Jews, as well as in most European states of the present day. We may gen- eralize these facts and say that the prevailing type of education during the whole historic period has been tech- nical or professional, its purpose being to equip men for service as agents or instruments. Side by side with cate chilcli-en with reference to the State ; for the most useful laws . . . will be of no service if the citizens are not accustomed to and brought up in the principles of the constitution." — Aristotle, " Poli- tics," v., 9. LESSONS FROM THE HISTORY OP EDUCATION. 197 this narrow conception of education there has at times appeared the wider conception of education as a process by whicli a human being is to be wrought into the like- ness of the highest type of his kind. I believe this con- ception appeared for the first time in Greece in the fifth century b.c. Plato had such an exalted conception of the State, and of the qualifications needed for full citizen- ship, that, in his scheme of training, technical education and liberal education became essentially one and the same. To be a citizen of the JSepuUic was to be a man in the fullest sense of that term as then understood. These two conceptions, the narrower and the wider, of man as an instrument destined never to transcend his environment, and of man free to transcend his environ- ment, in obedience to his natural aspirations towards the highest type of his kind, have descended to our da}', and their struggle for supremacy is involved in most of the educational polemics of the times. On this sub- ject three opinions are held : 1st. That education is to be of the technical type, the school being a place for ac- quiring a trade. 2d. That education is to be of the lib- eral type, the purpose of the school being a general intel- lectual training. 3d. That the ideal education is first general or liberal, and then special or technical, or that the best type of tlie human instrument is to be made out of the best type of man. From the vantage-ground we have now gained, it ap- pears that the history of education exhibits a series of contrasts ; that, in the ancient period, certain factors in the educating process were brought into such prominence as to obscure other factors ; and that, in the modern pe- riod, by a natural law of reaction, these neglected factors assume the first place, while the prominent factors of the 198 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. older system suffer a greater or less degree of obscurity. This period of oscillation, or the interval between these culminating points, is measured by centuries. * We can say, with historical exactness, that the old system of edu- cation culminated at about the time of the Eeforma- tion, and that the present order of things took its rise at the same period. To these two contrasted systems, thus defined, have been given the distinctive titles the Old and the New Education. Tliis description is significant and just. The term " New Education " has sometimes been given to scientific training as opposed to classical train- ing. But scientific training is not even the half of an education. In a still more limited sense, this term has been applied to kindergarten training; but, at its very best, this is scarcely more than the beginning of an edu- cation. To these statements I must add two observations : 1. Tlie comprehensive study of the history of education will save us from the conceit of thinking that we are to look for much that is new in principle. M. Compayr6, after his survey of this subject, speaks as follows : " The most of the essential elements which compose the art of hu- man education have long since been brought to light, and the first duty of a modern teacher is to begin by carefully collating the recorded results of the past centu- ries of effort." * " Histoire de la Pedagogie." CHAPTER XII. THE SECULARIZATION OP THE SCHOOL. The great French Dictionary of Pedagogy, now in process of publication, makes this apology for the title of one of its leading articles : " The word Laicite is new, and, thougli correctly formed, is not yet in general use. How- ever, the neologism is necessary, because we have no other term tliat can express, without paraphrase, the same idea in its full signification." In the discussion of this subject my purpose has been, not to defend a favorite opinion, but to interpret the spirit of modern legislation as it affects the status of the public school. Indeed, the logic of facts has led to a conclusion that is somewhat repugnant to my feelings, and entirely in opposition to my practice while engaged in the public-school service. Education is every year becoming more and more a political question ; and in what follows I shall attempt to present, in a summary manner, the general drift of national legislation as it affects the public school. For much of tlie information contained in this chapter I am indebted to Buisson's " Dictionnaire de Pedagogic." By the secularization of the school, I mean its eman- cipation from the Church, and its adoption and main- tenance by the State; and my purpose is to show the causes and the consequences of this historical movement. The present status of the school is neither an accident nor the result of deliberate forethought, but is one of 200 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. the products of the resistless march of civilization. The movement I am to describe is but one, and that one the latest, of a series of cognate movements, that are also the concomitants of civilization. Progress, in one of its most characteristic phases, is a differentiation and specialization of fnnctions. In a rude state of society, many offices are conjoined in one person; an artisan practises several crafts, a tradesman sells many different sorts of goods ; but an invariable and unmistakable char- acteristic of progress is a division of labor, whereby each hand and each mind is allowed to do that for which it has the greatest aptitude. In liis " History of nationalism in Europe," Mr. Lecky devotes a chapter to the " Secularization of Polities," in wliich he traces the gradual emancipation of politics from ecclesiastical control. This account carries us back to that period in our civilization when the Church and the State were virtually one, when the legislative, executive, and judicial functions were exercised in the name and by the authority of the Church. "We have not to go far back in the world's history to find Home the capital of the world, and the nominal sovereigns of Europe the real vassals of the Eoman Pontiff. Kings ruled by divine riglit, and ecclesiastics, simply because they were eccle- siastics, held a place in legislative councils. How this domination of the church in civil affairs has been weak- ened and broken need not be pointed out in detail. We are told* that, "in the reign of Henry III., in the thir- teenth century, the spiritual peers formed one half of the House of Lords; at the beginning of the eighteenth century, they were only one eighth ; and at the present time are only one fourteenth ; while the propriety of * Hinsdale. " Schpols and Studies" (Boston, 1884), p. 233. THE SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 201 excluding them from the chamber altogether has been seriously proposed, and probably is not far distant. In tracing the decline of the power of the English clergy, Mr. Buckle says: 'Since the seventeenth century there has been no instance of any ecclesiastic being made Lord Chancellor; and since the beginning of the eighteenth century there has been no instance of one receiving any diplomatic appointment, or, indeed, holding any important office in the state.' * Nor has any clergyman, at least of the Established Church, sat in the House of Commons since 1801." t Two things are to be noted in passing : 1. The secu- larization of politics is the result of a growth, and is thus an exponent of progress. It is Mackintosh, I think, who is credited with the saying, that "constitutions are not made, but growP In a similar manner, this dififerentia- tion of functions has come in the fulness of time, and not through accident or caprice. 2. In the second place, there is scarcely a possibility, certainly not the least probability, that there will ever be a return to ecclesiastical domination in politics. In the past, it may have been best that civil rulers should be subject to the authority of the Church ; but in the present, it is undoubtedly best that ecclesiastics should not be al- lowed to dominate in the affairs of State. But whether best or not, the lay state is a fact beyond recall, and the Church must adjust itself to the established order of things. I use the term Church in a comprehensive sense, to * " History of Civilization in England," vol. i., pp. 299, 300. t From a late number of tlie Educational Times (London), it ap- pears that "in the year 1861 the percentage of lay masters at Eton, Harrow, and Kugby was respectively 24, 26, and S, and at present (April, 1884) the percentages are 65, 85, and 71." 9* 202 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. designate "the organized aggregate of religious influ- ences in a community;* and in this sense the Church was once the dominant power in every line of human activity — in science, in art, in war, in politics, in educa- tion, in everything. " In a very primitive period of the history of civilization," says Jardine,f "in Egypt, in Babylon, and in India, the sculptor's art was employed in the representation of the national ideas of the deity." " Mnsie, like the other fine arts, was originally enlisted in the service of religion." "The art of architecture originated in an attempt to beautify jmd adorn the tem- ples of religion in the houses of the wealthy." " Historical!}'," says Bnisson,;]: "the school has been in all countries the daughter of the Church ; and so, at first, every school was necessarily conducted under re- ligious auspices." We need not go far to account for this historical domi- nation of the Church. The Church was dominant because it was powerful, and it was powerful because it was wise. Anciently, and as far down as the Middle Age, the sacer- dotal class held the monopoly of learning, and, in conse- quence of this, they held the monopoly of power and pi'ivilege. Let us now turn for a moment to consider the causes of that partition of functions which is such a character- istic fact of modern times. Principally they are the fol- lowing: 1, The secularization of learning. This secu- larization took place in two ways: learning gradually lost its hieratic character, or was gradually extended to what we terra secular subjects, such as history, physics, * Webster. t Jardine, "Elements of Psychology " (London, 1874), pp. 176-178. t " Dictionnalre de P6dagogie," article " Confessionnelles." THE SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 203 and astronomy ; and, in the second place, men outside of the sacerdotal class applied themselves to learning, and so broke down this monopoly. In other words, at this remote period there was but one profession, but this was all-comprehensive, that of scholar ; the scholar was priest, legislator, physician, teacher, artist ; but when men not be- longing to the priestly class became scholars, they set up for themselves, some as physicians, others as politicians/ and so on. 2. A co-operating cause in this partition of functions was the principle of the division of labor. The speciali- zation of vocations that began in a diffusion of learning; was nurtured and fixed by the need of following those restricted lines of activity that accord with individual predilections. The observation already made with refer- ence to the permanent separation of politics from religion may now be extended to all the specialized functions — in each case the separation is final ; it is not supposable tliat there will ever be a return towards that primitive state out of which these diversified industries have sprung. On the contrary, the current of progress is steadily tow- ards a specialization of growing minuteness, farther and farther from the old-time simplicity. Another general fact deserves mention because of its bearing on an educational doctrine of great importance. Before a marked division of labor has taken place, all varieties of practical knowledge are of co-ordinate im- portance ; that is, each man must learn the several arts that in turn occupy his attention. When, however, a man becomes restricted to one art instead of four, three varieties of knowledge lose their primary value, for the division of labor now permits him to participate in their advantages at second hand. 204 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. Within the memory of this generation, the arts of carding, spinning, weaving, and dyeing had a primary value to the housewife; but now she does not need to know these arts, for she participates in tiieir benefits at second hand. It is not possible to estimate the absolute value of medical science ; but it does not follow that all scholars should study medicine. The ninety and nine who are ignorant of medicine may still share in the full value of this variety of knowledge. By permitting us to be ignorant of four different arts, the division of labor allows us to know four times as much about our own art. Keturning now to the special subject under considera- tion, it is to be noted that educating is the last important prerogative that the Church has surrendered ; or, more truly it might be said, that the last parley is now in prog- ress that precedes this final surrender. To the two main causes of the specialization of functions, viz., the seculari- zation of knowledge and the division of labor, we must, in this case, note a third, the diversity of sects or of re- ligious creeds. If the mediaeval uniformity in religious belief had descended to this day, it is probable that edu- cation would still be administered by the Church. It is still more probable that if this uniform belief were a state religion, education would still be a function of the Church. As a matter of fact, the primitive s^'stem, or that which holds the public school under formal religious supervision, is still maintained in the following countries: Spain, Portugal, Greece, Denmark, Sweden and Norway, and in some of the small German states. In Spain, all the public schools are conducted under the religious sanctions of tlie Eoman Catholic Church ; THE SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 205 though other denominations may be authorized to estab- lish private schools. In Portugal, the public schools are exclusively Koman Catholic, as in Spain. In Greece, the public school is under the control of the Greek Churcli, and the religious instruction is given by the teacher. In the rare cases where parents belong to a different com- munion, they may liave religious instruction given to their children separately, at their own expense. In Den- mark, in a few localities, there are schools for dissenters, maintained at their own expense. All the public schools are subject to the state Church, the Lutheran Evangelical. The children of dissenters who may attend the public schools are excused from the religious instruction. In Sweden and Norway, public instruction is supervised by the state Cliurch, and the clergy make frequent visits to the schools in order to give teachers necessary instruction and advice. Passing now to what we may call the modern system, or that which relieves the public school from all formal religions sanctions, we find tlie neutral school in the fol- lowing countries : Holland, France, Belgium, the United States, and Canada. In Holland, the law of August 13, 1857 (article 23), prescribes as follows : " The teacher shall refrain from teaching anything which may show a lack of respect dne to the religious opinions of others. Religious instruction is left to the denominational bodies, and schoolrooms shall be at their disposal for this pur- pose, outside of sciiool hours. Private schools assisted by public funds must receive pupils without distinction of sect." In Switzerland it is declared by the federal constitu- tion of 1874 (article 77), that attendance in the public schools shall be open to pupils of all religious denomina- 306 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. tions witliout any infringement in rights of conscience ; and that the Confederation shall take the necessary meas- ures against any canton which does not respect this regn- lation. In Austria, the law of 1869 declares that every pri- mary school assisted by public funds is a public institu- tion, and as such is open to children without distinction of sect. In Belgium,* the law of 1878 states that religious in-; struction is left to the care of families and ministers of the various denominations ; but that a room in the school may be used for instruction in religion, either before or after school hours. In England, parliamentary aid is refused to schools connected with a religious denomination, and religious in- struction is forbidden in schools receiving state aid. In Scotland, every scliool, public or private, i-eceiving state aid, must admit pupils without distinction of sect. The most decisive legislative movement yet made in favor of the absolute secularization of the school was ac- complished in France in 1882. By this act, not only is public instruction absolutely relieved from church con- trol, but even authorized religious congregations f are * With the late triumph of the ecclesiastical party in Belgium, the schools have again come under the control of the Church. t " Religious congregations devoted to teaching are of two classes : (1) those that are authorized, and have thus received from the gov- ernment a legal existence ; and (2) those that are unauthorized, hav- ing no legal existence. At the close of the year 1878 there were 24 authorized religious congregations of men devoted to teaching, and they had charge of 3096 schools. There were 528 authorized religious congregations of women, having charge of 16,478 schools. There were at the same time 385 unauthorized congregations of men, 85 of which were devoted to teaching; and 602 unauthorized THE SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 307 forbidden to teach, and all religious instruction is struck from the school programme. In his " Dictionnaire de Pedagogic" (1"" partie, p. 1469), M. Biiisson speaks of this movement as follows : " Laicity, or the neutrality of the school in all its grades, is but the application to the school of a rule that has pre-, vailed in all our social institutions. Like most peoples, we have advanced from a state of things which consisted- essentially in the confusion of all powers and of all do- mains, in the subordination of all authorities to one sole authority, that of religion. It is only through the slow labor of centuries that the several functions of publia life have been gradually distinguished, separated from one another, and emancipated from the rigid tutelage of the Church. " The stress of affairs brought about tlic secularization of the army at a very early date; then that of adminis- trative and civil functions, and, finally, that of justice.- Every state that does not choose to remain purely theo- cratic is soon obliged to constitute as forces distinct from the Church, if not independent and sovereign, the three powers, legislative, executive, and judicial. But seculari- zation is not complete as long as over each of these pow- ers or over the whole of life, public and private, the clergy preserves a right of interference, of supervision, of control, or of veto. Such was exactly the situation of French society up to the declaration of the rights of man. The French Revolution made appear for the first time, in all its definiteness, the conception of the lay state, of the state neutral among all creeds, independent of all congregations of women, of which about 360 were devoted to teach- ing." — " Dictionnaire de Pfidagogie," article "Congregations." 208 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ecclesiastical authorities, and free from all theological bias. ******* " Only one domain had as yet escaped this transforma- tion ; this was public instruction, or, ratlier, primary in- struction ; for the higher instruction had long been free from church control, and only boarders in secondary schools were held to religious instruction. But primary instruction remained essentially confessional. Not only must the school give formal dogmatic instruction in re- ligion, but teachers, pupils, programmes, methods, books, rules, everything, in fact, was placed under the inspection or under the direction of religious authorities." In the application of this French law of 1882 two seri-, ous questions have arisen : 1. While the unauthorized re- ligious congregations in their collective capacity are en- joined from teaching, may individual members of such, congregations be employed in the public-school service ? The reply is, that if such teachers lay aside all their ec- clesiastical functions while engaged in their school duties, they may be employed in tlie service. The general principle is this : " The teacher for the school, the priest for the church, the mayor for the town." 2. In the second place, must the instruction become, as the English say, " colorless" ? While abandoning dog- matic religious instruction, must the schools eliminate all moral teaching and tlius become " godless " ? Tliis is the reply from the Minister of Instruction : "The teacher's mission with respect to moral and religious in- struction is very clearly defined. It consists in fortify- ing and implanting in the souls of his pupils, for life, by daily practice and habit, the essential notions of human morality, common to all creeds and necessary to all civil- THE SECULARIZATION OP THE SCHOOL. 309 ized men. Tlie teacher can fulfil tiiis mission without making personal assent or objection to any of the differ- ent religious beliefs with which his pupils associate and mingle the general principles of morality. He takes these children just as they come to him, with their ideas and their languages, with the beliefs which they derive from the family, and he has no duty but to teach them to draw from these beliefs what they contain that is most valuable from a social point of view, that is, the precepts of a high morality."* This case of France deserves our marked attention, be- cause it is the clearest example now on record of the ab- solute secularization of public instruction. Speaking of this legislation the liepuhligtue Franqaise of March 25, 1882, says: "The system of instruction jnst established by vote of the senate is without exception the most lib- eral that exists in the civilized world. It is the most modern, the best adapted to the inspirations as well as to the needs of a great nation emancipated from the yoke of theology. Neither Switzerland, nor Holland, nor Pi'otestant Germany, nor Republican America has anything to offer which can be compared with our pri- mary national instrnction. At a single bound, France, which was behind the times, has just placed herself at the head of nations." f And Mundella, in an association of teachers at Shef- field, is reported to have said : " I have just read the last French law on instruction. It is the grandest act — I was going to say, the most wonderful law — that there has ever been in the history of education in the whole world." t The American public school is not neutral in the sense * » Dictionnaire de Pedagogic," p. 1473. t Ibid., p. 1090. 210 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. or to the degree that the French public school is neu- tral. True, there is no direct church interference in the matter of teachers, books, programmes, etc. ; nor is any special religious doctrine obtruded upon the public schools ; still, there is no doubt that in a majority of cases these schools are conducted under some form of religious sanction, such as the reading of the Bible, or the offering of prayer. In most cases this matter lies in the discre- tion of the teacher. Except in a few cases, there is no positive legislation either for or against religious exer- cises in connection with public schools. I note the fol- lowing cases as reported by Francis Adams in his " Free School System of the United States :"* In Massachusetts it is th* duty of the school commit- tee " to require the daily reading of some portion of the Bible in the common English version." However, there is a conscience clause for children whose parents object to this reading from the Bible. The law of New Jersey rules out " any religious ser- vice, ceremony, or forms whatsoever, except reading the Bible and repeating the Lord's Prayer." The law of New York, while prohibiting sectarian re- ligious instruction, expressly forbids boards of education to exclude the Holy Scriptures, without note or comment, or any selections therefrom, from any of the schools pro- vided for in this act. Nor sliall boards determine what version, if any, of the Holy Scriptures shall be used. The law of Iowa "forbids the exclusion of the Bible from the public schools," but has a conscience clause, as in Massachusetts. The law of Indiana says : " The Bible shall not be ex- cluded from the public schools of the state." * London. 1875. TUB SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 211 The law of Illinois permits the use of the Bible in the public schools. So far as state legislation is concerned, I note but one case, that of Massachusetts, in which the reading of the Bible is commanded. In all other cases the use of the Bible in public schools seems to be optional with boards and teachers. For example, the law of Ohio makes no provision respecting religious instruction ; and the Su- preme Court of that state sustains the action of the board of education in Cincinnati in excluding the Bible from the public schools of that city. Having now noted the two extreme modes of school administration — the primitive system of religious domina- tion, and the modern system of neutrality, more or less perfect — I come to speak of what may be called the mixed system, which really makes the transition from the ancient to the modern. According to this system, communities may establish neutral schools in which there is neither religious instruction nor ceremonial ; or, when this is not done, the confessional school must be open to all pupils without reference to sect. Thus, in Prussia, the public elementary schools are open to all children without distinction of sect. A public school may have a confessional character, but it must still admit pupils of other confessions. A minority cannot require the district to establish a school to accommodate their own religious preferences. In the main, the schools of Bavaria, Baden, Italy, and Russia are to be included in this mixed system. The three systems now named are not separated by sharply drawn lines. The two extremes, as in the case of Spain and France, are sharply defined ; but in several cases it is difficult to say more than that a transition is in progress towards secularization. 213 SCIKNCE OF EDUCATION. Some general conclusions, that seem to be justified by the facts I liave presented, will conclude this discussion. 1. Education has become, or is rapidly becoming, a function of the State. This is another way of saying that the Chiirch has lost, or is rapidly losing, one of its ancient and most highly prized prerogatives. And still more, this prerogative, when once lost, is lost absolutely without hope of recovery. Save in the few countries I have named, the school has been virtually emancipated from ecclesiastical control. Denominational schools may still be maintained, but they are maintained on suffer- ance; for the moment they should, through any misdi- rection, menace the prosperity of the State, they would doubtless be suppressed, as in France. The State must be an educator as a measure of self- protection. It has come to be a well-settled conviction that there is some necessary connection between igno- rance and vice, and between intelligence and good citizen- ship; and so the State administers education as it does other interests of a general and public nature. 2. With the State as an educator, the school becomes a civil institution, and, as such, it must abandon religious instruction, which must be relegated to the family and the Church. Tlie public school must teach morality, because moral- ity is an element of good citizenship, and its cardinal principles are universally accepted, so that to, teach them is no violation of religious liberty; but it may not teach religion, or, rather, may not require pupils to receive in- struction in religion. This logical, consequence of the secularization of the scliool is distasteful to many sincere religionists. It is felt that the education that is not given under religious sanction is dangerous, perhaps THE SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 213 worse tiian ignorance. Or, as I once Iicard it expressed by a fervent orator, " the school that does not teach its pnpils to remember God teaches them to forget God ;" his meaning being that if a school does not aim at mak- ing the young religions, it will make them irreligious ; or, generally, that not doing a certain thing is equivalent to doing the opposite thing. But wliile only a few will be found to defend this ultra position, there are very many who/eeZthat education, unless administered under for- mal religions sanctions, is full of peril. Two considerations should reconcile us to the impend- ing status of the public school : First, it is inevitable, and we must adjust ourselves to an order of things that can- not be successfully resisted. Secondly, the family and the Church must magnify their office, and must more faithfully administer a prerogative tliat they should nev- er think of delegating. 3. In the United States there is a reason why the public school has always retained something of a relig- ious character, and, at the same time, a reason why the public school should be simply a civil institution, con- ducted without religious form or ceremony. Our public- school system was founded by men of intense religious convictions, who believed that religion was an essential part of a citizen's education ; and so, in New England, we find the custom of opening the school with some re- ligious services still generally observed. On the otlier hand, the genius of our institutions seems to require that our public school should be purely a lay institution. In Cooley's " Constitutional Limitations," we find that the " compulsory support, by taxation or otherwise, of relig- ious instruction," is named as one of " those things which are not lawful under any of the American constitutions." 214 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. He says : " Not only is no one denomination to be fa- vored at the expense of the rest, but all support of re- ligious instruction must be entirely voluntary." And again: "Whatever establishes a distinction against one class or sect is, to the extent to which the distinction operates unfavorably, a persecution ; and, if based on religions grounds, is a religious persecution." * If this general doctrine is correct, and the term " re- ligious instruction " is construed in a comprehensive sense, it follows that the American public school should not only be unsectarian, but should be absolutely neu- tral as to religious bias. This may be called the theo- retical or strictly legal status of the school. Practically, the public school has, and probably will long have, a quasi-religious character. Where the school may be opened with the reading of the Bible and the repetition of the Lord's Prayer, without dissent or protest, it is well ; but wherever this is done in defiance of protest on the part of pupils or their parents, the school should be- come neutral. The practice of giving religious instruc- tion to pupils out of school hours, or on the school prem- ises, would, on the doctrine quoted from Judge Cooley, be unconstitutional. In this connection, what is known as " the religious difficulty " deserves a passing notice. If the American public school were to be made absolutely neutral, would its position be satisfactory to the Koman Catholics ? On the occasion of the exclusion of the Bible from the public schools of Cincinnati, the New York Tablet used this lan- guage : " The school board of Cincinnati have voted, we see from the papers, to exclude the Bible and all relig- * Quoted from the " Free-School System of the "United States." By F. Adams. THE SECULARIZATION OF THE SCHOOL. 215< ious instruction from the public schools of the city. If this has been done with a view to reconciling the Cath- olics to the common-school system, its purpose will not be realized. It does not meet, or in any degree lessen, our objection to the public-school system, and only proves the impracticability of that system in a mixed commu- nity of Catholics and Protestants ; for it proves that the sciiools must, to be sustained, become thoroughly godless. But, to us, godless schools are still less acceptable than sectarian schools, and we object less to tlie reading of King James's Bible, even in the sciiools, than we do to the exclusion of all religious instruction. American Prot- estantism of the orthodox stamp is far less evil than Ger- man infidelity." The perfect neutrality of the school is not to be urged as a concession to the Eoman Church, but solely on the ground of judicial fairness and constitutional right. If the Catholic will not accept the public school, either with or without the Bible, he is at perfect liberty to patronize the Church school. The thing he really wants will doubt- less never be granted, a division of the school fund for the benefit of his parish school. Opposition to the State, or neutral, school does not come from the Catholic alone. Some Protestant bodies have been almost as vehement in their antagonism. Be- tween these two cases, however, there is this curious dif- ference : the Catholic will send his children to the higher public schools, but will not allow them to receive their early instruction in our primary schools; while Protes- tants universally, so far as I know, patronize our lower schools, but would conduct the higher education of their children in their denominational colleges. There is, doubtless, a sincere belief, on the part of some Protes- •216 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. tants, that the liiglier education, as administered by the State, is dangerous ; but, in some cases, it is only too evi- dent that a state institution is believed to be a danger- ous rivah The Catholic wants a share of the public- school fund for the relief of his Church school ; while the Protestant wants to draw recruits into his denomi- national college from institutions for the higher educa- tion, supported by the State. To conclude : the manifest tendency of the times is towards the secularization of the school. The modern State has become an educator, and relegates religions in- struction to the family and the Church. CHAPTER XIII. TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. The good and wise Martin Luther said: "If I were not a preaclier, I would be a teacher; indeed, I do not know which is the better." The preacher is an ethical teacher, an expositor of divine truth ; the teacher is an expositor of worldly wisdom, a preacher of literai'j and scientific truth. Both are illuminators and guides. In the hand of each is a torch ; each is a standard-bearer ; and both are leaders in that grand forward movement we call civilization. In this connection tliere is another saying of Luther's which will explain the one first quoted. " It is hard," he says, " to make old dogs obedient, or old scoundrels pious; but young trees are more easily bent and trained." And our own Horace Mann, who preached on educational reform in New England a half-century ago, expressed the same thought when he said : " They (the clergy) are reformers, I admit ; but, with reference to anything that grows, one right former is worth a thou- sand reformers." The thought, then, in the mind of Luther and of Horace Mann, was this : the teacher is a former, while the preacher is chiefly a reformer; it is better to form rightly than to labor at reforming. A perennial question for discussion is this: "How may the teacher become a right former ?" " Of what spirit shall he be so that his work shall be the least likely to need reforming ?" " Teaching," says Mr. Fitch, " is the noblest of all 10 218 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. professions, but it is tlie sorriest of trades." * My pur- pose in this eliapter is to illustrate tliis brief text, and to bring into view the professional aspect of teaching, and also the course that must be followed if we would secure to the teaching art the privileges and the prerogatives that are usually associated with the professions. This discussion has special reference to the education that is given in normal schools. The general purpose that carries young men to schools of theology, medicine, and law, calls others to normal schools. In purpose, such students set themselves apart for a special vocation of great difficulty and of the gravest importance. The very fact that they patronize such schools is proof that, in a very true sense, they contemplate becoming state officials ; that they will by and by assume grave public duties, and will be paid for their services, in part, from the public treasurj'. By the founding and maintenance of these normal schools the State purposes to give to a select body of teachers a professional education ; and, on their part, in accepting these proffered advantages, these teachers virtually become parties to a contract, whereby they agree to give to the State the benefits of a profes- sional training. It is of the utmost importance, there- fore, to themselves and to the commonwealth, that those who are thus specially educated become professional teachers in the highest and truest sense of this term. In the quotation I have borrowed from Mr. Fitch, trade and profession are contrasted terms. In all times and in all countries, teaching has been, for the most part, a trade ; but the spirit of this age is now calling the teacher to a higher plane of thinking and acting. Each step in civ- ilization requires that men should work with sharper ♦ Fitch, " Lectures on Teaching," p. 35. TEACHING AS A TKADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 319 tools. From age to age men must work more rapidly and more surely. The sailing-vessel once answered very well for transatlantic communication, and the stage- coach for trans-continental travel ; but this new age re- quires an ocean steamer that will pass from continent to continent within seven days, and a rail-car that will take US across the continent almost at the rate at which a bird can fly. In my boyhood I read, in the weekly paper, " Tliree weeks later from Europe ;" but now we may read in our daily, European news not three hours old. Clumsy hand-work sufficed for the ancient world, and for the lower stages of civilization; but now, head-work has come to the front. Hand-work must still be done, but the hand must be inspired and guided by tlie head. Ponderous agents were first enlisted in man's service, and were made to minister to his pleasures and his needs ; but this new world in which we live, this world that has been transformed by human art, is moved by impon- derable agents, heat and electricity. Anciently, all men were artisans ; they worked with their hands from imi- tation and by rule. Now, the very elect of the world's workers are artists ; they toil with their brains from in- spiration and by principle. Whereunto shall we liken a profession ? To an en- closed and fortified camp, into which no one can gain admittance without giving the countersign. What is the condition for gaining admittance to the three typical professions, law, medicine, and theology ? It is the pos- session of a specific body of knowledge, difficult of at- tainment, scientific in character, and necessary for ful- filling the peculiar duties required of the professional membership. Let us examine the marks of what I will venture to call professional knowledge, that knowledge 230 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. without which no one will be admitted to that close cor- poration or guild known as a profession. First, it is knowledge of a specific kind, such as people in general do not possess. In the matter of general scholarship, lawyers, doctors, and clergymen are simply on a par with the well-educated of every class ; they belong to the genus scholar, and are defined by adding a specific dif- ference. This specific difference is the peculiar knowl- edge I have mentioned. To make my meaning clearer, let me illustrate: a square is a rectangle; and we define a square by adding to the conception rectangle the spe- cific difference equilateral, and say a square is an equi- lateral rectangle. And so a physician is a scholar and something more ; more, by that special body of knowl- edge which is required for his specific duties. To see how necessary this item is to the very existence of the professions, let us imagine all men to have the knowl- edge now required of the physician. Then, at a single stroke, the line between professional and non -profes- sional would disappear. That is, the specific difference between genus and species would disappear; the species would be absorbed in the genus. In the second place, the knowledge constitutiug this specific difference is obtainable with difficulty. In a cer- tain sense the professions are monopolies — they have the exclusive possession of certain kinds of invaluable knowl- edge. Why do not men break down tliis monopoly by getting possession of this distinctive knowledge ? Chiefly because it is a very difficult thing to gain it. Why do not men break down all class distinctions, and thus re- duce society to a homogeneous condition? Evidently, because of the impossibility of gaining those things upon which class distinctions are founded. To be a physician, TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 221 a lawyer, or a minister, requires tlie mastery of knowl- edge so abstruse that men in general will not endure the toil and sacrifice necessary to obtain it. In the third place, professional knowledge is scientific in character. Here we are confronted with a distinction that deserves to be noted. The blacksmith must have special knowledge in order to fit him for his special du- ties, but this knowledge is restricted to mere processes, or ways of doing work. He must master the How of his art. But however expert lie may be in his manipulations, he cannot explain the principles or laws on which they rest. In other words, while he is proficient in the How of his art, he is ignorant of the Why. The smith can perform a variety of processes, but can explain none of them ; while the scholar can explain the several processes, but can perform none of them. In the main, manual dexterities are easy of attainment; they involve a low order of knowledge, and constitute an art. On the other hand, the principles that underlie processes and thus ex- plain them are discovered with great difiiculty ; they in- volve a much higher order of knowledge, and constitute a science. Blacksmithing is a trade, and the smith an artisan. Chemistry is a science, and the chemist is a member of a profession. The knowledge required for the practice of an art is empirical knowledge ; while the knowledge needed in a profession is rational or scientific knowledge, consisting of doctrines, principles, and laws. My definition of professional knowledge will now be clearer if I reverse the order of marks and say that this knowledge must, first of all, be scientific ; that because it is scientific, it is attainable with difiiculty ; and that be- cause of its difiiculty, it is restricted to a select few ; and, lastly, that because a profession is a select body, it is 333 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. also a privileged body, enjoying certain prerogatives that are attractive to men of ambition and talent.* Let ns now inqiiire on what grounds these privileged bodies are maintained. What good reasons are there why law or custom prescribes difficult terms on which admittance may be gained to the professions ? Perhaps it might be better to make them higher and stronger. Let us see. 1. Suppose we ask why there is free admittance to the guild of blacksmiths, while admittance to the guild of physicians can be obtained only on hard conditions of a prescribed kind. We know that in most cases the law determines who may practice medicine, but neither law nor custom interferes with any man's wish to become a blacksmith. Evidently there must be some reason for this discrimination. We may say, in a word, that society guards the entrance to the medical profession as a neces- sary measure of self-protection. The knowledge and skill needed for the successful practice of the black- smith's art are within the easy reach of all. In other words, it is reasonably certain that all who may choose * The relation of the closed occupations (professions) to the open occupations (trades) may be illustrated as follows : Mental. \ Lawyer. Doctor. Closed. \ Minister. Teacher. (Professions.) Occupations. ■ \ Hatter. j \ Farmer. Carpenter. Mason. Open. '' (Trades.) Manual. TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 223 this vocation will become workmen who may be safely trusted. But suppose a man turns out to be an incom- petent blacksmith. In the first place, the consequences of his incompetence are not likely to be serious, scarcely moi'e, in most cases, than a slight money loss ; and in the second place, the difference between good and bad work is so easily discovered that imposition is practically im- possible. So society does not resort to any formal means of self-protection. But how different the case is in the practice of medicine ! The knowledge and skill needed in this art are to be obtained only with great difficulty, and consequently, out of the multitude who might wish to turn physician only a very small number have the talent and industry that suffice for the purpose. Be- sides, men in general arc not competent to decide between fitness and unfitness in this line of activity, and so this determination is left with specialists, with the faculties of medical colleges, and their decisions are regarded by the law as final ; and in the third place, the consequences of malpractice are so fearful that society is justified in taking extreme precautions to exclude incompetence fr-om the medical profession. Recalling the illustration I have already used, why is the professional camp thus strongly fortified ? The proximate answer is, to shut out pre- tenders and the incompetent; and, if we demand the cause of this formal exclusion, we find it in the right of society to protect itself from grave peril. Should these safeguards be more or less rigorous than they now are ? Does society need more or less protection against pro- fessional incompetence? With respect to medicine and law, I think but one answer can be returned. There is a most urgent need that society should be much better protected against quacks and shysters. The standard of 234 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. professional education should be much higher than it is. The quality should be raised, even at the expense of quantity. If necessary, let us have fewer doctors and lawyers, but let those we have be gentlemanly, scholarly, and skilful. I sympathize with a venerated and lamented colleague* who was accustomed to characterize the cur- rent practice of law as " the constitutional means of de- feating the ends of justice." I am not competent, to ex- press an opinion on the great political issues of the day ; but, in the matters I am now discussing, I feel sure that the great need of the country is protection rather than free-trade. 2. 1 have now shown that those corporations or guilds known as professions owe their existence, in the first place, to the need felt by society of protecting itself against dangerous incompetence. It is now to be noted that society needs to offer special inducements to men to fit themselves for lives of activity that require an unu- sual amount of time and labor in the way of preparation. Everywhere men are disposed to support life on the easiest terms, or to move in the line of least resistance. If a man has to spend five years instead of two in acquiring fitness for an occupation, it will be done only in the hope of some prospective reward. The case, when stated very plainly, is this: Will it pay me to spend several of the best years of my life, and a considerable amount of money to boot, in order to fit myself for the practice of a diffi- cult art 1 Now, whether this sacrifice will finally pay or not depends on two things : on the rate of remuneration and on the social position that will be accorded by society. We will consider remuneration in money as the chief re- ward that society gives for the long toil and great ex- * Dr. B. F. Cocker. TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 335 pense in making a preparation for the practice of a pro- fession. By -what process does it come to pass that the prospective physician or lawyer may confidently hope to receive, let ns say, $10 a day for his professional services? Law and custom effect this result in a yery simple and satisfactory manner by proteotingprofessional onenfrom unjust competition. The mode of doing this is equally simple. Through law and custom, society will admit no one to the privileges of the professions without exacting from him a certificate of competence. The in- competent shall not compete with the competent for em- ploj'ment; and the necessary consequence is that there is a rise in the rate of remuneration. This is the reward offered by society for the attainment of high excellence in a difiicult art. It is curious to observe how society protects itself by lending its protection to the professions. To abolish this protection, by allowing all who will to practice medicine, would be to reduce the ph3'sician's fee to the stipend of a day laborer. This reduction in re- muneration would abase the grade of competence, so that, in the end, quackery would become rampant, and society would become unprotected against gross incompetence. By ceasing to protect the professions, society would aban- don the means of self-protection. This practice of offering rewards for special efforts and special excellence is, in fact, very common. The great purpose of the agricultural society is to stimulate farmers to produce improved specimens of fruits, grains, vege- tables, cattle, etc. What is the mode of stimulation ? The offering of a premium in money, or a medal, or a diploma. It is the interest of society to stimulate men to make high achievements in difficult lines of activity; and the only efficient means yet found is to offer some 10* 236 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. adequate reward. In some cases this reward is a sum of money in hand ; in others it is the bestowal of special privileges and prerogatives ; but in all cases the principle is the same and is equally justifiable. This discussion of the general nature of the profes- sions may possibly seem like a digression, hut I have thought the digression necessary, as the means of deter- mining wlietlier teaching can be ranked as a profession, and whether young men and women who are being trained in normal schools may find in teaching a career, an opportunity to rise to distinction by the exercise of their best gifts of mind and heart. Shall teaching re- main tlie sorry trade that it has been, or shall it be en- nobled to the dignity of a profession ? These are ques- tions worthy of grave consideration, alike by teachers and by parents ; for in this matter there is a perfect sol- idarity of interest. All the active years of my life thus far have been spent in the public-school service, and in this service I expect to remain till the period of my ac- tivity shall close. So far as I have known how, I have done my work in the professional spirit. I have chosen teaching as a vocation for life. I have tried to bring the scientific spirit to bear on all the details of my work; and this work, pursued in this spirit, has been a delight. I yield to no one in according honor to the ministry. But, for myself, I would rather be a teacher than a preacher, a former than a reformer; and my purpose in this chapter is to say something that may encourage young men and women to adopt the public-school service as a profession. I shall now adduce the several reasons that seem to me conclusive why teaching should enjoy the dignities, the rights, and the rewards of a profession. 1. Teaching is an intellectual art. It is addressed TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 227 to tlio spirit. It deals, primarily and principally, with mind. It has been well said, " On earth there is nothing great but man ; in man there is nothing great but mind." What sublimer vocation, then, than to be the conscious and skilful minister to the mind's needs and aspirations? By its vastness and complexity, the earth is a sublime mystery, and it is easy to comprehend the enthusiasm of the scientist in his attempts to solve the problems of ma- terial and animal existence ; but what is tliis earth when compared with the vastness, the complexity, and the mys- tery of spirit? Now, he who has to do witli the laws of spirit is an artist, and he who has in charge the mould- ing of the plastic spirit may aspire to be the prince of artists. To be called to defend the body against disease, and to secure the citizen against any invasion of his rights to liberty and property, are high vocations, and those wlio charge themselves with such duties are properly in- vested with professional prerogatives ; but higher than these functions is that of forming and informing the spirit, and society can scarcely offer a prospective reward too high for artistic excellence in this line of activity. Should not the men and the women who make them- selves worthy of this high office be protected against un- just competition ? 2. Moreover, society is as much in need of formal and valid protection against incompetence in teaching as against incompetence in legal and in medical prac- tice. The reasons for the need of this formal protection on the part of society are the extreme difficulty of dis- criminating between competence and incompetence, and the grave peril involved in a mistake in making this dis- crimination. These reasons are in full force in the case under consideration. I believe there is no art practised 228 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. among men in which it is so difficult to distinguisli be- tween fitness and unfitness, between work of high qual- ity and work of low quality. Let me illustrate and verify this statement. Let us take what seems to be a simple case, that of the inspection of a school. If this inspec- tion is to serve any valuable purpose, it must be compe- tent to do three things: (1) To determine whether the school is in a good or bad condition. (2) If it is in a bad condition, to locate the trouble, or to assign a cause for the failure. (3) To provide an adequate remedy. Out of ten inspectors of the average mould, not more than five are competent for the first duty ; and of these five, not more than three can locate the difiiculty ; and of these three not more than one can prescribe a rational course of treatment. In this illustration I have in mind what Charles Francis Adams has called " scientific school supervision." * Any other I hold to be worthless. What proportion of mere scholars are able to determine, on an}' rational ground, the studies that should form the com- mon-school curriculum 1 I hold that no one but a spe- cialist can liave this competence. Comparatively speak- ing, it is much more difficult to prescribe a course of study for a particular school than to write a prescription for a fever patient. In both cases charlatanry should be an indictable offence. 3. I have said that professional knowledge is scientific in character; it is a knowledge of doctrines, principles, and laws, as distinguished from a knowledge of mere processes, methods, or modes of procedure. If we wish to accord high praise to a physician, we speak of him as a man of science, meaning by that expression that he is able to trace the route over which cause must pass in * Sec Harper^s Monthly Magijsine, Nov., 1880. TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 239 order to produce its effect. Such a man has a compre- hensive knowledge of the human body as a complex, vi- talized aggregate ; he knows the relation of each part to every other part, and to the grand whole; to every dis- ordered function he can assign some definite cause or antecedent, and so can employ a large intelligence in adapting means to ends. In the teaching art is there a state of things compara- ble to this ? Is there within the reach of tiie teacher a body of knowledge so definitely scientific in cliaracter as to make possible a good degree of prevision ? This is to ask whether the evolution of mind is subject to law, or wheth- er there is a science of mind. For the teacher's art, be- ing addressed primarily to the mind, if there is a science of mind, there must also be, of necessity, an applied sci- ence of teaching. I know of no reputable thinker who denies that there is a science of mind. I suppose the simple fact to be that there are more well-established principles in mental science than in medical science. The astonishing fact is that, until within a recent period, there has been no systematic attempt to found a rational system of teaching on the known laws of mental science. There is no general truth of which I feel surer than of this — that the teacher of to-day, if he will, may adopt a course of practice that, in its main features, is strictly rational. Instead of blindly following tradition, prece- dent, and mere authority, tiie teacher, if he will, may employ his versatile powers with the same deliberate con- fidence in law tliat sustains the physician in dealing with the cases incident to his profession. That this body of psychological knowledge is difficult of attainment no one who is at all versed in the science will deny. From this point of view, to be a teacher is no 330 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. mean task, for it implies not only a mind predisposed to reflection and gifted with some degree of philosophic in- sight, but a patient persistence in study of which only a comparatively few are capable. Students who are con- scious of high gifts may find in tlie pursuit of educa- tional science a field for the exercise of their best pow- ers, and, in the practice of their ai't, the daily and hourly opportunity to test their scientific versatility. As further illustrating the nature of that special body of knowledge that the teacher may rightly regard as pro- fessional, I will follow a little further the analogy be- tween the practice of medicine and of teaching. In addition to his proficiency in physiological and anatom- ical knowledge, the physician must know the therapeu- tical value of each remedial agent, so tliat, in the treat- ment of disease, he can make a wise discrimination in the use of the resources at his command. This has its almost exact parallel in the teaching art, where each study has its peculiar nature, produces its own effect on the growing mind, and serves a purpose that no other study will serve. The education value of studies stands in the same relation to the teaching profession that materia medica does to the medical profession. Is this an ab- struse branch of learning ? For a reply, look at the names of the few who have attempted to fix these values.* Here is a field of study as attractive as any known to physical science. To formulate a comprehensive statement of education values I believe to be tiie most important task of the educational philosopher. A third clement of professional knowledge, of at least co-ordinate rank with the two just described, is still to be noted. The organon, or chief teaching instrument, * See Chapter III. " TEACHING AS A TRADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 231 is language, considered as the medinra of communica- tion between teacher and pupil. That accomplished scholars are sometimes conspicuous failures in the art of teaching has long been an observed fact. In many cases, no doubt, this failure can be traced to an inability to gov- ern, but in quite as many cases the fault lies in an awk- ward use of the great teaching instrument, language. Witli a deft use of language, all the intellectual re- sources of the teacher can be brought to bear upon the task in hand ; but, deprived of the ready use of this in- strument, the wisest teacher is as powerless as an infant. What is the office of language in the communication of knowledge ? Under what circumstances is this commu- nication impossible ? In what sense is it true that books embody knowledge, and so serve to transmit the net prod- ucts of human thinking from generation to generation? These plain-looking questions are not easy to answer. The solution of these problems involves the very phi- losophy of language ; and, to a mind predisposed to re- flective thinking, here is a field of study of unsurpassed interest. What I wish particularly to say is that the pro- fessional teacher has need to become acquainted with this abstruse philosophy in order to become thoroughly furnished for the deft practice of his art. By way of recapitulation, let me now state the grounds on which teaching should be included in the professions. 1. Teaching belongs to the higher category of intel- lectual employments, involving broad scholarship, the ability to make nice discriminations, and the use of the highest gifts of mind and heart. 2. The professional knowledge required is abstruse, difficult of attainment, demanding intellectual qualities of a high order. 232 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. 3. Men in general are incompetent to distinguish be- tween fitness and unfitness for the teaching office, and the consequences of malpractice are so serious that soci- ety needs to be formally protected against imposture. 4. To become fit for the practice of teaching, in tiie high sense here intended, is such an arduous undertaking that society should hold out some prospective reward to induce men and women of talent to adopt this vocation. On these grounds alone I do not hesitate to say that teaching is as much entitled to professional sanctions as medicine and law. At this point in our discussion it is pertinent to in- quire whether teaching can become a profession in the exact sense in which medicine and law are professions. To this question candor compels me to give a negative reply; and the reasons why teaching cannot become a close corporation like the professions named arc not dif- ficult to state. First of all, a teacher must be a scholar, and if he is to be a teacher of real power, he must be a man of wide and accurate scholarship ; tlien, to his general scholarship, there must be added a knowledge of the best methods of doing school work ; and, finally, the real teaclier must be a man of science, he must know the why of his art. Now, as good scholarsliip is one element in fitness for teaching, it follows that all good scholars are qualified, in part, for teaching. On the side of scholarship, then, there is free admittance to the teaching vocation ; so far, there is no professional line. And in respect of method, the case is not much better. A pupil cannot pass through a course of study without imbibing its methods ; and when he turns teacher, he will teach as he was taught ; so that we may say here, as we said before, that all good TEACHING AS A TEADE AND AS A PROFESSION. 233 scholars have partial qualifications for teaching — they know what to teach, and how subjects have been tanght. So far there has been no appearance of a body of pe- culiar knowledge that differentiates the teacher from the scholar; but in tlie third conception we have noted we find this specific difference : that articulate psychological knowledge on which I have insisted, the knowledge of education values to which I have alluded, and the knowl- edge of the philosophy of language as the teaching in- strument, are items that do not enter into general scholar^ ship, but in their applied use are monopolized by the teaching vocation. To recapitulate what I have now at- tempted to say, teaching can never be a profession in the exclusive sense that medicine and law are professions, for the reason that all well-educated men and women have partial qualifications for the vocation. The profes- sional mark, properly so-called, is educational science/ this is the specific difference that distinguishes the species teacher from the genus scholar. From this last statement some practical inferences of great importance can be drawn. Suppose it is tliought desirable to intensify the professional aspect of teaching, or to sharpen the distinction between the teacher and the mere scholar. The one thing needful for tin's purpose is to make a knowledge of educational science an essential for obtaining a license to teach. If this test were to be applied, the vast army of teachers would be more than decimated. But it is to another inference that I wish to call attention in this connection. If any are ambitious to become professional teachers in the exact sense of the terra, they will acquire that special body of knowledge to which I have called attention, and, ])y so doing, they will rise from the " sorry trade " of the mere schoolraas- 234 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ter to " the noblest of all the professions," that of educa- tor. To shield my treatment of this theme from being too incomplete, I feel bound to answer another question that may reasonably be asked. Is it ever to be expected that all who teach will make of their employment a profes- sion in the absolute sense that has been described ? Will the time ever come when every teacher will know the what, the how, and the why? Probably not. For rea- sons that need not be stated, many will practise this art simply as an avocation, or temporary employment. Such teachers will have neither the professional spirit, nor the professional preparation. But, leaving these out of ac- count, there will always be a large number of those who make this art a vocation that will know little or nothing of the science of teaching; but if such are well versed in rational methods, they may properly be included in the teaching profession. What we are entitled to ex- pect, to pray for, and to work for, is that there shall be a growing number of cultured men and women who shall be versed in education both as an art and as a science. Of these alone it may be said that they prof ess their art. They are professional teachers in the exact sense of the term. CHAPTER XIV. THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. It is related of Rousseau that, on the occasion of one of his foot-journeys through France and Italy, he sought refreshment and rest in the cabin of a peasant; and that the wretchedness and misery of human existence, as he there saw it, inspired him at the same time witli a pro- found sorrow for humanity and with a profound hatred for the pride and the oppression of the powerful and the rich. From that moment an unquenchable fire burned in his veins, and it is doubtless to that shock to his over- sensitive nature that we owe in great part the volume that has moved the human heart more profoiindly than perhaps any other that has been produced by a merely human pen. Like too many others, no doubt, I have sometimes been offended at the overcharged sentiment and the paradox that abound in Rousseau's masterpiece ; but my heart is touched and I am won back to admi- ration and gratitude when I read a sentence like this : " O men, be humane ! it is your highest duty ; be hu- mane to all conditions of men, to every age, to everything not alien to mankind. What higher wisdom is there for you than humanity ? Love childhood ; encourage its sports, its pleasures, its lovable instincts. Who among us has not at times looked back with regret to tlie age when a smile was continually on our lips, when the soul was always at peace ? Why should we rob these little innocent creatures of the enjoyment of a time so brief, 236 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. SO transient, of a boon so precious, which tliey cannot misuse ?" * It is Eousseau's ardent humanity tliat gives a degree of unity, consistency, and even of beauty, to a life other- wise disordered and full of wretched inconsistencies. He looked upon the European society of his day as a whited sepulchre. Outwardly there were the pomp of power, the glitter of wealth, and the pageants of religion ; but within and below there were ignorance, degradation, and squalor. Princes despised people, and, in their turn, the people hated princes. Between the rulers and the ruled, between the rich and the poor, between the learned and the ignorant, there had come to be a social divorce ; be- tween the few and the many there was a great gnlf fixed, and this gulf the few did not wish to pass, and the many had despaired of passing. Kousseau was himself a man of the people, and in him there seems to have been con- centrated the conscious suffering of his class ; but wliile the peasantry were dumb, benumbed, perhaps, by their secular oppression and sufferings, Kousseau had a voice full of pathos and persuasive eloquence. It spoke through the "Emile" and awoke the people to self - conscious- ness. Authority, ecclesiastical and civil, was aroused and alarmed, and, as is usual in such cases, it took refuge in persecution ; but this Genevan watchmaker's son, this inspired tramp, this sentimental philosopher, had fired a train, and there followed the awful explosion of the French Revolution. The social divorce was not healed, but what was lowest was lifted upward, and wliat was highest was abased. However, the growing divergence ceased, and the new movement was towards unity, frater- nity, and equality. The train that was lighted in Eu- * " fimile," Miss Wortliington's translation (Boston, 1885), p. 43. THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 237 rope had its first effect in the new world. The Ameri- can Kevolntion was but the prelude to the French Eevo- lution. Both events were triumphs of humanity over oppression ; and in the earlier as in the later, no account of causes can fail to mention tlie pen of Rousseau. The man whose ruling passion was love for the people, was, in the hands of Providence, an unconscious agent in mould- ing tiie institutions of a new world. Going back a century from Rousseau's time, we find another man whoso greatness was due to his ardent and exalted humanity. This was Comenius, the Moravian pastor, whose fame reached even these shores, for he was invited to become. the president of Harvard College in 1654. Comenius had more balance than Rousseau. In him sentiment was tempered, governed, and directed by reason and religion. He not onlj' felt, but he saw. He was not a guide-post, but a guide. He was not only a great educator, as Rousseau was, but he was what Rous- seau was not and could not be, a great teacher. By first intent he was a preacher, but he loved the people so well that he became a teacher. Learning, which in his time was the privilege of the few, was to be made, through his proposed organization of schools, the common heritage of the man3% His scheme of popular enlightenment was so comprehensive and so far-reaching, that every home was to become a school. He did not write an educa- tional romance, like the " Emile," which was to intoxi- cate through sentiment ; but composed a school manual, the " Orbis Pictus," which was translated into various languages, and for two centuries was the universal text- book for popular instruction, and is the parent of tlie modern illustrated child's book. The greatness of Co- menius was due to the fact that he was above all else a 238 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. philanthropist. He knew the people, saw their wretch- edness, and became a martyr to their cause. He believed tliat the people were perishing for lack of knowledge, and so he organized instruction as the means of their salvation. Coming back now to a period a little nearer onr own time, we find another Swiss youth whose soul was wrought into almost preternatural activity by his love for the poor, oppressed, degraded people. His first im- pulse was to be a preacher, but his diffidence betrayed him in his first sermon — he could not repeat the Lord's Prayer. Then he thought of law, but some unpleasant experiences cooled his political ardor, Next he turned agriculturist, because he saw a chance for the regenera- tion of the people through the organization of profitable industries. But his madder-farming failed, he was re- duced to poverty, and as a last resort he set up a school for the outcast children of his neighboi-hood. This was the great Pestalozzi, the story of whose life and labors and sufferings is among the most pathetic ever written. From his twentieth to his eightieth year he had but a single purpose, to relieve the wretchedness of his poor countrymen. He had discovered that political reforms and indnstrial improvements could not reach the seat of the social disease ; and so, laying the axe to the very root of the tree, he gathered up vagrant children, became their housekeeper, nurse, servant, and teacher, and gave them lessons in cleanliness, good manners, morals, and in the elements of an education. Here is a picture of Pesta- lozzi's school, drawn by one of his biographers : * " There, in the midst of his children, he forgot that there was any world besides his asylum. And as their circle was an * Biber, op. cit, p. 34. THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 239 miiverse to him, so was he to them all in all. From morning to night he was the centre of their existence. To hitii they owed every comfort and every enjoyment; and whatever hardships they had to endure, he was their fellow -sufferer. He partook of their meals and slept among them. In the evening he prayed with them be- fore they went to bed ; and from his conversation they dropped into the arms of slumber. At the first dawn of light it was his voice that called them to the' rising sun, and to the praise of their heavenly Father. All day he stood among them, teaching the ignorant, and assisting the helpless ; encouraging the weak, and admonishing the transgressor. His hand was daily with them, joined in theirs; his eye, beaming -with intelligence, rested on theirs. He wept when they wept, and rejoiced when they rejoiced. He was to them a father, and they were to him as children." At first thought this will doubtless appear to be an extraordinary method of conducting a school ; but I have little doubt that reflection will show that there is in it an element of perennial value. What this element is I can best illustrate by relating the following occurrence : A young man was employed by wealthy parents to take in charge the education of an imbecile son. This boy was so low in the scale of mentality as to be unable to stand, or even to sit, as rational beings do, but his usual posture was lying at full length on the floor. After considerable reflection the tutor decided to put himself on a plane with his poor pupil, and so he took his place beside him on the floor. Then presently he raised himself on one arm, and finally his pupil, through imitation, raised him- self to this extent. After many lessons of this sort the tutor took the sitting posture ; and perseverance, encour- 840 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. agement, and trial soon brought the pupil to the same posture. In the end, it is said that this imbecile boy be- came a man to the extent that he could both stand and walk. In both tliese cases the element of power is nearness through sympathy, and the impulse to growth comes througli the effort of imitation. But what was the power which brought the teacher down to a level with his pu- pils ? It was the feeling of benevolence, of humanity, of philantiiropy. Pestalozzi was, above all else, a philan- thropist. But what could one such school do for the regenera- tion of Switzerland? It was but a drop on a parched desert. Pestalozzi saw the hopelessness of realizing his great purpose through any direct personal effort of his own, and so he conceived a plan worthy of a statesman. Tiiis was nothing less than to make of every mother a teacher, and thus to convert every home into a school. For this purpose he wrote a popular romance — " Leonard and Gertrude " — designed at once to inspire mothers with a philanthropic passion, and to present, under the attract- ive guise of fiction, an example for imitation.* This work had an extraordinary popularity. It was universal- ly read, but, alas ! it was not understood. It pleased, but it did not inspire. Its real spirit and purpose were whol- ly missed. It was with no little chagrin that the good Pestalozzi saw the failure of his plan ; but, such was the * In the edition of 1800 he writes, " I desired nothing then, and I desire nothing else now, as the object of my life, but the welfare of the people, whom I love, and whom I feel to be miserable as few feel them to be miserable, because I have with them borne their sufferings as few have borne them.'' See Quick, " Essays on Edu- cational Reformers," pp. 167, 168. THE TEACHER A3 A PHILANTHKOPIST. 241 buoyancy, such the hopefulness, of his nature, that he wrote a second book, to explain the meaning and the pur- pose of the first. This was his " Christopher and Eliza." This was doubtless more successful than tlie first, but its immediate effect was disappointing. I narrate these facts because tiiey arc typical of Pesta- lozzi's career to the very day of his death. From the organization of his madder-farm, in 1769, to his last school at Yverdun, in 1824, there was not an instance in which lie took a resolution from selfish motives. He literally sacrificed himself for the good of the poor, the wretched, and the ignorant. He says of himself, " A thousand times have I left my poor children seated about a table at their meals while I devoured a crust by the highway." Tried by modern standards, Pestalozzi's schools were failures. Tiie disorder was pitiable, and the positive instruction was sliglit. All his days he was groping ids uncertain way after a "method." He felt intensely, but he saw obscurely. His benevolence, generosity, and good- ness were boundless, and so was his credulity. He was as simple, unaffected, and trustful as a child, and so was the easy dupe of the jealous and the ambitious. What, then, was the secret of Pestalozzi's power? How has it happened that this Swiss peasant, this ignorant and uncouth man, this itinerant teacher, has made a name and secured an influence in the world which have insured liis immortality? It was his absolute devotion to the good of his kind. It was his quenchless love for the poor people. Without denying Pestalozzi the merit of having made some contributions to method, it is perfect- ly hopeless to account for his greatness on tliis score. It is the spirit of the man, and not his method, wliich enti- 11 243 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ties him to a pre-eminent place among the great names in the history of education. Wliat I iiave said of Pestalozzi is true, though, per- haps in a less degree, of Froebeh His inspiration was liis love for childliood. Children, in liis conception, were as tender plants, to be carefully and lovingly trained, and the teacher was a workman in this human garden. The school was, therefore, a kindergarten. The only part of the teaching service in this country that is dominated distinctively by the philanthropic spirit is the kindergar- ten service. What I mean is, that this is the only part of the service to which women and men devote them- selves from purely humanitarian motives. The spirit that animates and actuates the kindergartener is the very spirit that calls the missionary across the sea to the dark continent. This is the spirit of Miss Peabody and of Mrs. Mann, and of the whole army of women who are now organizing the kindergarten in the great cities of the country. Froebel's real "gift," infinitely more valuable than the cylinder, the sphere, and the cube, is the love for childhood that his ardent zeal has inspired in the hearts of his disciples. The power of the kindergarten, as it seems to me, lies in the fact that the teacher, so to speak, now listens to the heart-beats of the little child. Surely, in further illustration of the fact that the world's greatest teachers have been inspired by a love for ignorant and suffering humanity, I need not dwell at length on the story of the Nazarene peasant, the carpen- ter's son, who, by his sufferings and services, has become exalted over every other name in the annals of time. But have we sufficiently reflected on the fact that Jesus owes his awful pre-eminence among reformers to his perfect condescension to men of low estate, to his frank THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHKOPIST. 343 companionship with publicans and sinners, to liis holy ministrations to the disinherited of this world ? In all that marvellous life there is nothing more significant or more touching than the fact that ignorance, weakness, and sin, instead of repelling Jesus from men, drew him into closer sympathy with them. "We may almost say that he loved men because they were sinful and vile. The first quality in this ministration was an infinite pity for the lowly sufferers of this world ; and its pur- pose was to plant in each human soul an inspiring and protecting hope for a better and a happier he^'e- after. All the great reforms in politics, in religion, and iu education liave consisted, essentially, in securing to the people some right of which they had been deprived. Reform thus implies the monopoly of certain things by those who chance to be invested with authority and pow- er; and it also implies that suffering is caused by the withholding of these things from those who are entitled to them. Thus, in France, prior to the revolution, there was royalty, haughty and defiant, on the one hand, and on the other the poor people, weary and heavy laden. Could power always be arrogant and unpitying? "Would the people always suffer in silence under tlieir secular burdens? Had Louis XVI. put his ear to the ground he might have heard the rumbling that foretells the earthquake. But he did not, and so the shock came, his throne was overturned, and he perished in . that awful night of pitiless storm. George III. heard the sounds of discontent from his American colonies, but he did not interpret them aright, or, at least, he did not heed them, and so our revolution came, and the people gained by force what should have been given them as a 244 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. right. For weaiy years England Las turned a deaf ear to the pathetic story of Ireland's wrongs, and tlie pre- monitory shocks of revolution have been felt in the Par- liament House. But there is one man who hears and heeds the groans of this brave and oppressed people; and this humane commoner, through the very power of his humanity, is at this hour the great statesman of Europe. As we think of the renewed ascendency of Gladstone in British politics, we can but repeat Eous- seau's eloquent period : " O men, be humane ! it is your highest duty ; be humane to all conditions of men, to every age, to everything not alien to mankind. What higher wisdom is there for j'ou than humanity ?" I need not attempt to show how revolutions and ref- ormations are made necessary by power that has grown haughty, cruel, and relentless, or by wealth that has be- come selfish, proud, and heartless, or by religion that has degenerated into a soulless formalism or an oflScial cer- emonial ; but I will dwell for a moment on an analo- gous fact which is not so obvious, and which will bring me nearer my present purpose. Even learning is disposed to become aristocratic, and to intrench itself behind its prerogatives. In all ages of the world men have made a monopoly of wisdom. Anciently the priestly class was powerful, because it was the only instructed class, and it perpetuated its authority by maintaining a strict monopoly of its inherited wis- dom. Popular ignorance was the condition of priestly supremacy. At this very moment the doctrine is held in more than one quarter that knowledge predisposes men to be dissatisfied with their ancestral condition, and that the only way to keep men in a contented, docile, and manageable condition is to keep them comparatively THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 345 ignorant. The educational problem in England is, at this moment, complicated by a fear of what might hap- pen if the lower classes were to be too liighly in- structed. In some quarters there is a disposition, both in prac- tice and in theory, to administer education on a princi- ple which is a virtual recognition of caste distinctions. In practice, this disposition is seen in attempts to convert school instruction into an apprenticeship to a trade, as though the prime purpose of education were to fit pu- pils, some for carpentry, some for shoeraaking, otiiers for farming, etc. I interpret the present agitation in favor of industrial education partly in this sense. In theory, this disposition is seen particularly in the first chapter of Mr. Spencer's "Education," where the worth of knowledge is tested solely by the practical use that can be made of it; a child must be taught that which will soonest and most effectually convert him into an instrument. In no part of this famous chapter do I dis- cover a sentence that can be interpreted in favor of a liberal education ; that is, of an education that is catho- lic and humane, or that is to be administered on the hy- pothesis that the child's humanity takes precedence of his functions as an instrument. On this subject Eenan speaks as follows: "The reasoning that I oppose starts from the low and false doctrine that instruction serves only for the practical use that is made of it. . . . The poor man should be ignorant, for education and knowl- edge are useless to him. Blasphemy, gentlemen ! The culture of the mind and the soul are duties for every man. They are not simply ornaments. They are things as sacred as religion." * * " La Fiimille et I'fitat," p. 3. See, also, p. 48 of this volume. 346 SCIENCE OF- EDUCATION. I think there is some ground for fearing that the schools may be drawn into false tendencies through the administration of education by the literary or scholarly class. Is it not at least possible that professional teach- ers, who are, or should be, men and women of scholarly tastes and habits, may administer education on the liy- pothesis that their pupils are destined for the scholarly vocation ? Is it not possible, in other words, that a teach- er, in drawing up a course of study, may unconsciously obey his own instincts and tastes, instead of putting himself in the place of the boys and girls who are to be farmers, artisans, tradesmen, housewives, etc. ? It must be held, I think, that the major effort of the school should be directed to the tra:ining of men and women, and not of laborers, artisans, etc. ; but, at the same time, the fact that these men and M-omen must become bread-winners should not be lost sight of. The school must not be con- ducted on the hypothesis that its pupils are to be profes- sional scholars. I believe it to be a fact that, to some de- gree — slight, perhaps — the schools have been allowed to drift away from the people, to ignore their wishes and wants, and so to encourage tlie formation of an intellect- ual aristocracy. The higher we go in the scholastic or- ganization, the greater this danger, and the more pro- nounced this tendency. I think there must be some truth in the widespread feeling that the high school does not sufficiently respond to popular needs. I decline to bo quoted as sympathizing with the periodical attacks made by demagogues on the high school. My only purpose is to call attention to a source of danger in high-school ad- ministration. Might not our highest institutions of learning be brought into closer sympathy and relations with the peo- THE TEACHER A8 A PHILANTHROPIST. 247 pie ? I wisli that every boy who follows the plough with a book in his pocket, and feels an hourly tliirst for intel- lectual improvement, might not be overawed by tlie apprehension of a formidable entrance examination. I wish tliat all such might feel that tiie college or the uni- versity will gladly lend to them a sympathetic and a helping hand ; will, at least, grant tliem an opportunity to succeed. I am growing more and more convinced that an earnest purpose is often more than an equivalent for technical scholarship. But how many examiners take note of these moral qualities? They have been trained to discern a misplaced accent or a false quantity or an incorrect date. There is no doubt that many a talented boy has lost the opportunity for tlie higher intellectual culture through the force of such technicalities. If, at the first, such a boy can put only one foot on the college campus, let him do it. There are many gains, but there is also some loss, in making an art like teaching a vocation or profession. The loss consists in making tlie teacher's duties more or less formal, divested of tiie halo of sympathy and emotion. Who lias not listened to elinreh services that were purely formal, hollow, and heartless? The sermon was not ad- dressed to dying men, who had immortal souls to save. The minister was paid for preaching an hour, and he preached an hour. The prayer was a necessary acces- sory, and so it was uttered ; but it echoed the aspiration of no penitent soul. There is much teaching, as there is some preaching and praying and singing, that is purely perfnnetory ; it has no quickening or vitalizing power, because it is not inspired by sympathy and emotion. In such teaching there is no sense of nearness to the pupil. The philanthropic instinct is wanting. It is as though 348 SCIENCE OP EDUCATION. the instruction were addressed to matter and not to heart and spirit and life. In what has preceded I have tried to show that to be a teacher in deed and in trnth is, first of all, to be pos- sessed by the philanthropic spirit ; that the world's great teachers have been inspired by philanthropic motives; and that the secret of individual power in teaching is a profound sympathy for human weakness, ignorance, and suffering. I have, also, stated some reasons for thinking that modern tendencies are somewhat away from this humanitarian ideal. In what follows, my purpose is to suggest some correctives of these tendencies. 1. Some years ago a certain state agricultural college was in great disfavor with the farmers in whose interest it had been established. These sons of toil looked with contempt upon "book farming," and spoke derisively of kid-gloved college professors who raised hogs and tur- nips by rule. But a happy inspiration came to this col- lege faculty. For a few weeks in each year this agricult- ural school was put on wheels, so to speak, and taken to the very doors of farmers and dairymen. In other terms, "farmers' institutes" were held in various sections of the state, for the discussion of agricultural questions of current interest. The theoretical farmer was thus brought face to face with the practical farmer. The gain was mutual. The farmer became interested in looking at questions from their theoretical side, and learned to re- spect men who were devoting earnest lives to the scien- tific study of agricultural questions. On the other hand, the college professor learned the practical limitations to his theories ; was brought into hearty sympathy with the earnest men who form the very basis of the nation's pros- perity, and learned to respect the practical wisdom of men THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 249 ■who had been taught in the school of experience. In a word, misconception and prejudice disappeared, the gnlf between college and people was filled, and there came tiie era of mutual confidence and respect. 2. In another case, a state university was languishing from a lack of popular appreciation. The institution was regarded as a literary aristocracy, proud in its preroga- tives, and regardless of popular wants and wishes. By concerted action, during the long vacation, the faculty was distributed over the state, and, by popular addresses and personal intercourse, came as near as possible to the homes of the people. Again, there was a disappearance of mutual misconception and prejudice ; young men and women of scholarly aspirations found sympathizing and helpful friends, and, with the opening of the new college year, their names were added to the students' roll. " Science never ascends," it has been well said ; and it cannot be too often repeated that, between the people and the institutions of the country, there must be open communication, and that the more highly privileged must come down to the people as the condition of drawing men to them. 3. Some years ago I knew a village which was a by- word and an offence by reason of its unsavory reputation on the score of morals. In the language of the country around about, the name of this village was a paraphrase for Sheol. The school partook of the common desola- tion. Men who had a name to make or a name to keep passed by on the other side. But, finally, a man who had been graduated from a normal school, and was full of energy, benevolence, and good sense, assumed the principalship of this school, and, in an unpretending Way, began the process of regeneration within. He drew his 11* 250 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. pupils to him by his sympathy and sheer good-hearted- ness. Teacher and pupil moved on a common plane of civility, respect, and helpfulness. The new spirit soon extended to the home-circle, and teacher and parents were brouglit into mutual sympathy and accord. Then the pa- cific contagion spread over tlie whole town, and even in- vaded the country. The teacher became a citizen. He was not a stranger and an alien, lie never forced him- self upon public attention or into a public place ; but in whatever affected the public good he bore a personal part. Were there sickness, suffering, and destitution in a family represented in liis school ? A mute messenger was sent on errands of mercy. Scarcely a Christmas day passed in which some destitute family did not enjoy an unex- pected feast. Years have passed, approaching a score, I think, since that humane movement began, but school and village and teacher have all prospered, and all are still engaged in these mutual benefactions. The name of this village has lost its sinister connotation, and citi- zen and neighbor alike speak of it with respect. The name of this man might have been Gliilphi, and the school had more than one Gertrude. The village is, certainly, another Bonnal. i. Still further back than the experiences just related is the vivid recollection of a country school in its winter session, taught by a young man of Quaker parentage, who had received an academic education. The large school and almost numberless classes left this teacher but little opportunity, during school hours, for leaving a per- sonal impress on liis pupils; but the long winter even- ings, spent in various conversation with the families of the district, by tlieir own firesides, left a profound and wholesome effect upon the impressible minds of the THE TEACHEK AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 351 children. It was, at least, the beginning of a liberal ed- ucation to listen to intelligent and thoughtful conversa- tion on men and books and the current topics of the day. The genial, hearty manner of the teacher had an insinu- ating power quite difficult to describe. The general im- pression on the younger minds was a somewhat vague, though delicious, aspiration for better things. To some there was revealed, in the dim distance, the apparition of the academy, and, still beyond, that of tlie college, and, beyond all, the vision of a literary life, blessed with the companionship of books and cultured friends. One even- ing, as this teacher was accompanying a lad belonging to this school to his home, he said to his pupil," Would you not like to go to the academy next fall ?" The boy's dearest secret, confessed to no one on earth save to his mother, had now to be revealed. Such an anticipation was almost too sacred to be talked about. Was not such a thing too good to be possible ? And, then, would a boy with so little knowledge be received? The teacher suggested algebra and geometry as studies for the pres- ent winter, and pointed out the general requirements that would be expected. In a word, the boy's destiny was virtually settled during that winter evening's walk. A human soul had found its interpreter and guide. A beginning was made in the new life, and, one after an- other, the boy's visions became realities. 5. In the course of my professional life I have seen young people begin the work of teaching under almost all circumstances, but one incident in this line has left a peculiar impression on my mind. A young man who had carried his preparation but a little way beyond the common school felt an almost irresistible impulse to teach. But could he obtain a license? Ay, that was 253 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. the rub ! The consciousness of his deficiencies made him almost shudder at the thought of an examination. Still, he resolved to make the trial. For prudential rea- sons, he concealed his purpose from his family, and on a Saturday made his way across the fields to the house of the townsliip examiner. The good man was found in a field by the roadside. The trembling wretch made known his errand, and, with a cheerful consent, the ex- aminer left his plough, and led the way to the plain and rather sombre sitting-room where the inquest was to be held. The trial bore rather lightly on reading, spelling, arithmetic, and geography ; and, though the procedure of the inspector was kind and courteous, the candidate M'as overwhelmed by the revelations of his ignorance. Out of a full heart he would have pronounced himself unfit to receive a single line of approval. But the ex- aminer was less censorious than the candidate. He placed before the sufferer a book of blank forms, and instructed him to draw a copy of a license to teach. Hope then revived a little, and the labor of wi-iting began. The hand, cramped and awkward at best, was now, through the fever of nervous excitement, preternaturally bad. But, as all things finally come to an end, this feat of penmanship at last ended, and, when the examiner had scanned it, with the pretence of having read it, he affixed his signature, and from that moment there was another teacher in the world. On his homeward road, that boy walked as though on air. His predominant feeling was that of gratitude. He was keenly conscious that he had been licensed in spite of his deficiencies in scholarship, and that he had been credited with ability in posse, per- haps with good intent and steadfast purpose. However, he formed a sacred resolution to justify the confidence of THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 253 his good friend, and to deserve by his work what he would not claim on the ground of present attainment. The lesson I am taught by this incident is this — benevo- lent insight is often wiser than oflScial wisdom. An illustration of the same sort is found in the life of Kriisi, one of Pestalozzi's most famous assistants. " Ho was eighteen, and till then his only employment had been that of a pedler for his father. One day, as he was go- ing about liis business with a heavy load of merchandise on his shoulders, he met on the road a revenue officer of the state, and they entered into conversation. 'Do you know,' said the officer, ' that the teacher of Gais is about to leave his school? Would you not like to succeed him ?' ' It is not a question of what I would like ; a schoolmaster should have knowledge, in which I am ab- solutely lacking.' ' What a schoolmaster can and should know, with us, you might easily learn at your age.' " Ki-iisi reflected, went to work, and copied more than a hundred times a specimen of writing which he had procured ; and he declares that this was his only prepa- ration. He registered for examination. The day for the trial arrived. " ' There were but -two competitors of us,' he says. ' The principal test consisted in writing the Lord's Prayer, and to tliis I gave my closest attention. I had obsei-ved that, in German, use was made of capital let- ters, but I did not know the rule for their use, and took them for ornaments. So I distributed mine in a sym- metrical manner, so that some were found even in the middle of words. In fact, neither of us knew anything. " ' When the examination had been estimated, I was summoned, and Captain Schoepfer informed me that the examiners had found us both deficient ; that my compet- 254 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. itor read the better, but that I excelled him in writing ; . . . that, besides, my apiirtment, being larger than that of the other candidate, was better fitted for holding a school, and, finally, that I was elected to the vacant place.' " And then the historian adds, " Is it not well to be in- dulgent to teachers whom we meet on the highway, who scarcely know how to write, and whom a captain com- missions ?" * I do not wish these illustrations to be interpreted in such a way as to sanction a superficial examination of candidates for the teaching ofiice. What I have partic- ularly in mind is the need of making keener discrimina- tions in forming an estimate of the elements of a teach- er's qualifications. Almost any bungler can determine whether the answers to examination questions are for- mally right or wrong, and can sum up the marks and find the general average ; but it requires exceptional talent to gauge the manliness, the reserve power, and the scholarly instincts which, after all, constitute the elements of fit- ness for teacliing. I would like to whisper in the exam- iner's ear the need of searching for these high moral qualities. When they are found, they should be cred- ited far above mere technical scholarship, and, where they are wanting, excellence in such scholarship should not entitle the candidate to a license. Of late, examina- tions have been the subject of much indiscriminating and unjust criticism. I think the chief fault in them lies in the direction I have indicated. The principle in- volved in these illustrations is just as applicable to the examination of pupils as of teachers. 6. In the treatment of subordinate teachers by snper- * Compayr^, op. eit, pp. 433, 433. THE TEACHER AS A PHILANTHROPIST. 255 intendents and principals tliere is frequent occasion to employ the suggestions of the philanthropic spirit. The following case is typical of many that might be men- tioned. A young woman of good intellectual attain- ments and, sterling moral qualities was put in charge of a somewhat difficult ward school. Her power of disci- pline proved to be weak, and at the end of the first term it seemed almost perfectly plain, so far as surface in- struction went, that she should not be re-employed. But the thought occurred, would it not be almost a crime to execute summary judgment on so good a woman, who was possessed of such an heroic determination to suc- ceed? This humane suggestion was followed, some sim- ple rules for governing were proposed, and another chance was given. The second term showed a slight improve- ment, but the old question came up for debate, and it was again decided in the teacher's favor. For the third term there was more help from the superior, and a more determined effort by the subordinate ; and so these trials •were renewed for the space of two years. Success final- ly came, and in large measure; and that superintendent sometimes almost trembles at the thought of an injustice that hasty conclusions might have done a noble woman. 7. It might sound harsh to inquire if some boards of education are not inhuman in their treatment of teach- ers, so let the inquiry be softened, and let us ask if teach- ers are at all times treated as humanely as the Golden Rule requires. One or two statements of fact will illus- trate my meaning. At the close of the year the preceptress of a certain high-school was not formally re-engaged, but was given to understand that slie was expected to return. She went to her home in the East to spend her vacation, leav- 256 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ing behind her the greater part of her wardrobe, her books, etc. Within a few days an official note reached her, stating that her services in the school were no longer required I In another city, as sometimes happens by a sudden turn in tlie political tide, tiie school board was invaded by demagogues. Contrary to a custom of long standing, through some flimsy pretext the teachers were not re- employed in June, but, as in the last case, all were given to understand that they would be reappointed. Several repaired to a distant and inaccessible summer resort to spend their vacation, and liad no sooner become settled in their rustic liome than the news came that tlieir succes- sors had been appointed ! In both these cases the moral cowardice is too evident to need special notice ; but the criminal injustice done these teachers becomes more apparent when we consider the fact that they were virtually debarred tlie opportuni- ty to find otlier situations. Many more such illustrations might be given, but I trust these will suffice to enforce the thought I have tried to express — tliat, in all departments of educational work, there is a decided tendency towards formalism, and that there should be a return towards an ardent philanthropy. " O men, be humane ! it is your highest duty ; be hu- mane to all conditions of men, to every age, to every- thing not alien to mankind." CHAPTER XV. EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. "What lias been said of constitutions may as truly be said of universities, that they are not 7nade, but grow. The modern university is the lineal descendant of the first solitary thinker who, inspired by a great thought of his own moulding, provoked in another mind a love for thinking. In process of time these solitary thinkers drew around them little bands of affectionate disciples, and so the circle of light became larger. Then, when scholars had a past behind them, when there had come to be accumulations of knowledge, there arose the im- pulse of diffusion, and so instruction was organized, and the inherited wisdom was communicated to those who had just espoused the scholarly vocation. This organized effort to distribute accumulated knowl- edge was the beginning of that corporation now known as the university. This institution, therefore, has come to us, in the fulness of time, as an evolution or a growth. Universities are like constitutions in another respect — they not only grow, but they grow slowly. Systems of education are the products of the times; they follow in the wake of political and social changes, and, as civili- zation itself is a thing of slow growth, universities ever have been, and must continue to be, conservative. But, nevertheless, university progress is a constant phenomenon, and we may be sure that, when an inno- vation has been made, it lias a justification somewhere 258 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. in tho nature of things ; it is either the development of some historic factor that had fallen out of sight, or it responds to some new need. In whatever case, tlie new idea has a riglit to our respect, and the right of explaining the cause and the purpose of its appearance. The great- er part of the world's progress is instinctive. The for- ward step is made by an unconscious effort, but we at once pause in a reflective mood, adjust ourselves to the new state of tilings, and thus involuntarily prepare for another forward step. I do not appear as an apologist for the nniversity study of education. I regard the new movement as an invol- untary product of the times ; as something without which a rational progress in education cannot profitably be made, and also as a fulfilment of a primitive purpose of nniversity organization. There is no teacher in the land who has not a personal interest in the educational move- ment that I purpose to discuss. Nay, if it affects one class of teachers more sensibly than another, it appears to me to be the class doing the heroic, and often unre- quited, work of the primary school. For university rec- ognition of a teaching profession is a certificate of charac- ter from the highest academic authority, and this honor- able recognition is the greatest boon to those who need it most. When, in 1876, a chair of education was established in the University of Edinburgh, there was not a teacher in the United Kingdom who might not have felt a new pride in his calling; and I know that more than one teacher, even on this side the Atlantic, worked under a new inspiration from that day forward. By the simple fact of such recognition the entire teaching profession lias been ennobled ; and, now that there is a tendency in EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 859 the universities of this country to follow a precedent of long standing in Germany, and of more recent date in Scotland, it is surely worth our while to reflect on a top- ic of common interest. More than one college graduate has been puzzled to understand why the day that crowns his four years' toil is called commencement daj\ To him it seems more like an ending than a beginning, and, in our present mode of academic life, so it is. But it was not always so. Commencement day is simply the survival of a feat- ure of ancient university life that has been in disuse for centuries. Anciently the terms " master," " doctor," and "professor" had the same significance. A complete graduate was a master of arts, because he had complete- ly compassed the circle of knowledge offered for his study ; he was a doctor, because his master's degree was his license to teach ; and he was a professor because, in his teaching, he professed a given subject ; that is, de- voted himself to tlie teaching of a special topic, as phi- losophy or logic. When, therefore, a student received his master's or his doctor's degree, he was said to begin, inoipere; that is, to commence in earnest his vocation or calling — that of teaching. The bachelor, or imperfect graduate, could also use his degree as a license to teach, but only on probation. "In the original constitution of Oxford," says Sir William Hamilton, " as in that of all the older universi- ties of tlie Parisian model, the business of instruction was not confined to a special body of privileged professors. The university was governed, the university was taught, by the graduates at large. Professor, master, and doc- tor were originally synonymous. Every graduate had an equal right of teaching publicly tiie subjects competent 2C0 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. to his faculty ; nay, every graduate incurred the obh'ga- tion of teaching publicly, for a certain period, the sub- jects of his faculty, for such was the condition involved in the grant of the degree itself. The bachelor, or im- perfect graduate — partly as an exercise towards the high- er honor, and useful to himself; partly as a performance due for the degree obtained, and of advantage to others — was bound to read, under a master or doctor in his fac- ulty, a course of lectures ; and the master, doctor, or per- fect graduate was, in like manner, after his promotion, obliged immediately to commence (incipere), and to con- tinue for a certain period publicly to teach (legere) some, at least, of the subjects appertaining to his faculty." * I call attention to this historical fact to show that the ancient universities were, by their very intent and con- stitution, teachers' seminaries. The thousands of pupils who flocked to Oxford and Paris there received the highest literary culture that the age afforded; and, on the completion of their studies, they were returned to the world as its accredited teach- ers. When, therefore, it is proposed to shelter the pro- fession of teaching under uuiversity walls, it is, in fact, but restoring to universities their ancient privilege, and, at the same time, requiring of them the highest duty they owe to the world, that of the diffusion of the best results of luiman thinking. The universities have long since ceased to impose on their graduates the obligation to teach. It must have happened from an early date that all the doctors or licensed teachers could not be em- ployed in scholastic work ; so that, in process of time, the obligation ceased, and the graduate was at liberty to adopt whatever vocation he might prefer. Bnt, while » " Discussions," pp. 387, 388. EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 361 all who were graduated did not teach, all who taught were graduates. This was literally true during the earlier part of university history, and has remained substantially true down to the present day. For, as Mr. Fitch says, "The great function of a university is to teach, and to supply the world with its teachers." * The universities of this country are illustrations of this statement. The men who are really moulding the education of the time through the secondary schools are, doubtless, as a rule, the bachelors, masters, and doctors who have been grad- uated from these institutions. The relation of a state university to the general edu- cational system of the state has never been more accu- rately defined than by Chancellor Tappan,f and I cannot forbear to quote from one of his annual reports: "The higliest institutions are necessary to supply the proper standard of education, to raise up instructors of the prop- er qualifications, to define the principles and methods of education, to furnish cultivated men to the professions, to civil life, and to the private walks of society, and to diffuse everywhere the educational spirit. The common school can be perfected only through competent teach- ers. These can be provided only by institutions like the normal school, which belongs to the intermediate grade of education. But the teachers of the normal schools, again, require other and higher institutions to prepare them ; such, at least, as the academy, gymnasium, or col- lege ; and these, the highest forms of the intermediate grade, commonly look to the university for a supply of instructors. "He who has passed through the common school is * " Lectures," p. 4. t President of the University of Michigan from 1853 to 1863. sea SCIENCE of education. not fitted to teach a common school. He who has passed through a normal school is not prepared to teach a nor- mal school. He who has passed through a union school or an academy is not prepared to teach it. The gradu- ate of a college is not prepared to become a college pro- fessor. "But the direct object of a university is to prepare men to teach in the university itself, or in any other in- stitution. Hence, those who, in the universities, become doctors, whicli simply means teachers, are, by that very degree, admitted to tlie vocation of a university in- structor." * If we were to make a summary and. concrete state- ment of Dr. Tappan's thought, it would be as follows^ The great function of the universities of the United States is, directly and indirectly, to supply the country with its teachers. Let it be noted that this is both the liistoric function of tlie university and the function required of it by the conditions of our present civilization. It may now be asked whether our universities are not fulfilling this duty, even without making a formal study of education. Was not the University of Edinburgh, for example, in the full performance of its duty prior to the establish- ment of tlie chair of education, in 1876? This is a per- tinent question, and admits of a satisfactory answer. Tempora mutantur, et nos cum illis mictamur. Clianged times require a change in institutions. The ancient uni- versity represented the primitive phase of opinion, that teaching ability was identical with scholarship; and so its masters and doctors were licensed teachers. Since that ancient date, however, the conception of a con)pIete * "Annual Eeport," 1856, pp. 9, 10. EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITy STUDY. 263 fitness for teaching lias been profoundly modified ; so that the modern university no longer fulfils its duty to the teaching profession if it affords its students only the advantages that were offered by the ancient university. In other words, with respect to one of the most widely practised of human arts, the thought of the world has been radically changed, and the universities should ad- just themselves to the new order of things. Up to the time of Socrates the current of human thought had been directed outward, in efforts to com- prehend the external and the sensible. With Socrates began the reflective movement in human thought. The eye of the soul was turned back upon itself in the effort to comprehend the immaterial and the invisible. Hith- erto thought had been expended on subjects lying in the world without. Now, thought took cognizance of itself ; thought was employed in the effort to comprehend thought. This arousins: of the mind to an examination of its own processes formed an era in the intellectual history of the race. " The genius that spoke in the soul of Socrates," says Renouvier, " was the genius of the modern world."* And so a crisis is reached in the history of an art when it becomes self-conscious and reflective. Hitherto, its processes had been empirical, now they tend to become rational. Hitherto, the guide had been instinct and imi- tation, now reason and reflection are to direct. Before, it was the hand that toiled ; now the work of the hand is inspired and guided by the subtile force that descends upon it from the brain. The precious element in labor is the indwelling thought which it involves. It is this element whicli ennobles the workman and his work. * " Manuel de Philosophie Ancienne," i., p. 300. 264 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. Teaching seems to be the last of the liberal arts to reach the reflective or rational period. Wliy this is so, it is beside my present purpose to inquire. But that this period has at last come there can be no doubt, and when it is proposed to make education a university study, it is education as a rational, and not as an empirical, art, that is to receive university recognition. I have reason to think that the first query to arise in the mind of the college professor, when it is proposed to add the subject of education to the curriculum, is, What can be found in such a topic to engage the serious atten- tion of an instructor? Bear in mind that every faculty- meeting is occupied with the discussion of difiicult edu- cational problems, practical, theoretical, or historical. The rustic in Moliere's comedy discovered that he liad been talking prose all his life, but without knowing it ; and so pedagogical problems are discussed and settled by boards of trustees, teachers' associations, and institutes, by newspapers, by everybody, in fact ; and still the won- der is what a professor of education can find to do ! The very naivete of this proceeding is charming. This is a generic illustration of the unconscious in art, and enforces what has been said as to the need of bringing the proc- esses of the schoolroom out of the realm of the uncon- scious into the field of reflective vision. Shall we now dwell for a moment on the field of in- quiry comprehended in the university study of educa- tion ? The comprehensive study of education must be made from three distinct points of view — the present, the past, and the future. In other words, education must be studied as an art, as a history, and as a philoso- phy. The art phase involves the study of schools, school systems, modes of organization and of instruction EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 265 — of everything, in fact, that pertains to the school econ- omy of the present, at homo and abroad. There is enough, even in tliis field, to occupy a portion of one's leisure. The history of education, Chinese, Persian, Egyptian, Hindoo, Jewish, Greek, Roman, Mediaeval, French, German, English, Italian, presents a field of almost in- finite extent, too formidable to be contemplated witli equanimity; and yet there is not, I venture to say, any knowledge of a higlier practical value to tlie educators of the day than this. The great need of the hour, it seems to nie, is to ascertain wiiat has been done in the line of educational efEort, what plans have succeeded, and what have failed, and the conditions under which success or failure has come. General history, tliat records the instinctive or impulsive acts of men, has a high order of value; but of a still higher value must be educational history, that records the deliberate plans of the wisest and the best for the good of their kind. Vaster still, if possible, is the field of investigation pre- sented by educational science. First note the sciences that are tributary to this composite science. The teacher deals directly and principally with mind; then, if his proc- esses are to be made rational, their basis must be sought in psychology. But mental action involves physical con- ditions, and so phj'siology must be brought under contri- bution. The power developed by mental training must be brought under the control of motive, and so the science of ethics must be consulted. The organon, or teaching instrument, is language, employed as tlie medi- um of communication ; and logic becomes an element in the new science. This is not all, but is enough to prove that this one aspect of educational study, the scientific, 12 266 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. furnishes all tlie material required for the most compe-. tent and the most diligent professorship. The real diffi- culty in the case is not at all where many have supposed it to be — in not finding enough to do ; but rather in being so overwhelmed with the vastness of the field as not to know what to do first. Should any one suspect that these lines are too broadly drawn, he may consult the synopsis of lectures given in the University of Edinburgh, by Pro- fessor Laurie, and in the University of St. Andrews, by Professor Meiklejohn. The purposes of a university professorship of educa- tion are foreshadowed in what has preceded ; but these should now be more articulately defined : 1. The university may, with great propriety, be called the brain of a complete system of public instruction. Historically, the university preceded by centuries the primary school.* The very highest institutions of learning were organ- ized first, then followed, in process of time, the secondary schools, and finally, but only after a very long interval, the primary schools. In England, the great universities of Oxford and Cambridge date from the twelfth century : tlie great public schools, like Harrow, Winchester, Eton, and Rugby, from the foui'teenth and fifteenth centuries ; while the English public elementary school was founded in the lifetime of this generation. In this country a tax was levied for the support of Harvard University in 1636 ; but it was not till eleven * * " The highest schools of learning were chronologically first. Schools for the people were not the elements out of which uni- versities took their growth ; on the contrai-y, schools for the peo- ple grew out of the universities." — Tappan, "University Educa- tion," p. 19. EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 207 years afterwards, in 1647, that funds were appropriated for the establishment of common schools. It is a popular illusion to suppose that the primary school must support the secondary, and the secondary call into being the university. The first in time, the first in rank, and the first in necessity, is the university. These three grades of schools may be founded simultaneously, as in our Western States ; but the logical pre-eminence of the university is still maintained. In other words, the condition of having good secondary schools is to have a good university; and the condition of having good pri- mary schools is to have a sufficient number of good sec- ondary schools. On this point I quote again from Dr. Tappan : " We are no more to wait for universities to grow up as the last result of a ripe civilization, than we are to wait for railroads, steamships, manufactories, com- merce, and the perfect form of all the industrial arts, as such a result. On the contrary, we are to create all as early as possible, to hasten on civilization." * Now, the deduction I make from the organic position of the university in a public-school system is this ; the invigoration and perfection of the school system, as a whole, are dependent on the influences that descend from the head and brain of the system. " Progress," says a French author, "is propagated frOm above downwards, and this even to the furthest limits; for science never ascends." Would we have what is best in education incorporated into the countless primary and secondary schools, the most economically and the most surely ? Then whatever is best in educational history, theory, and practice must be organized and tanght in the university. * " Report," 1856, p. 13. 268 SCIE>fCE OF EDUCATION. 2. Still further, the university is the only source from which the State can be supplied with a sufficient num- ber of highly educated teachers. With respect to the supply of teachers, a good working rule is this : A teacher for a school of a given grade should be educated in a school of a higher grade. The reasons for this rule are so apparent that I need not dwell on them at any length. Of tliese things there can be no doubt: a teacher should know considerably more than he expects to teach ; the influence of the teacher should be an open invitation to the pupil to higher walks in the intellectual life ; all true education is an inspiration. Now, if the rule I have stated is a just one, it follows that the secondary or high schools of a state require a considerable body of teachers who should have a university training. And such teachers must be far more than mere scholars. If really fitted for their places, they should be masters of the educating art, and to this end they should have been instructed in the theory, the history, and the art of education. Such men and women occupy places of great influence and respon- sibility, and their training should make it easy for them to handle educational questions with philosophic insight and with judicial fairness. Such culture requires high scholai-ship, and the free and serene air of university life. 3. Again, public schools have the right to be sheltered from the errors and vagaries of empirics and mere en- thusiasts. The double misfortune of the present state of things is, that very many of those who have the direction of educational affairs are without any proper degree of professional competence, and so are the easy victims of EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDT. 309 what 18 novel, or of what is pressed on their attention by the arts of declamation. Educational hobbies are epidemic, and the evils that come to the schools from this source it would not be easy to exaggerate. My thought is this: if we would grow into a mode of educational progress that has an historic continuity, there must be a recognized source of opinion that has been formed under the best possible conditions. These conditions are supplied only by the highest institutions of learning. 4. The educating art, when rightly conceived, has all the essential mai'ks of a profession ; it has in its keeping human interests of the highest order ; it requires the ex- ercise of the highest intellectual gifts; all its processes have a basis in law, and hence its modes of procedure may be scientific; it requires knowledge of a special kind, difficult to obtain, and, therefore, within the reach of a comparatively few ; the knowledge of the masses is not sufficient to afford a due protection against malprac- tice, and so there is a necessity for authoritative evi- dences of fitness. Teaching is, therefore, a possible, if not an actlial, pro- fession, and any measure that can bring forward this consummation deserves the good -will of the general public. Now, it is an historical fact that the main strength of the recognized professions is their organic connection with great seats of learning. Law, medicine, and theology had never been professions, except on the condition of university recognition and support ; nor could their professional character be sustained, if this support were to be withdrawn. Tiie inference to be drawn is obvious : if teaching is ever to have the rank and the consideration of a profession, it must in some 370 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. way gain university recognition ; and the easy and prop- er mode of such recognition is to make education a nniversity study, on a par, at least, with entomology and forestry. 5. Another purpose to be served by a professorship of education is the development of educational science, Tliere is as good a reason for investigating and formulat- ing the principles of education as for investigating and formulating the principles of medicine and of law. In either case, the art grows in value and in dignity, in proportion as its co-ordinate science is perfected ; and, in each case, the discovery of a new principle introduces a wholesome change into current practice. At the pres- ent time, education is chiefly an empirical art; most of its processes are derived from precedent and imitation, and the greater part of school work is done in absolute ignorance of conditioning principles, and a considerable part of it in violation of such principles. We expect even a grammar-school pupil to proceed scientifically in the solution of an arithmetical problem ; we expect him to use the clear light of a principle as his guide through the mazes of his calculations, and we think it to his great discredit if ho is the slave to a mere rule. What shall be onr judgment of the mature men and women wlio do the work of the schoolroom by mere rule, without even suspecting that their rules, if good, have a sup- port in some principle, psychological, physiological, or ethical ? But some one will say, a body of educational doctrine has not yet been formulated ; as yet there is no science of education. This is only partially true. From what I know of the present state of educational science, and from what EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITf STUDY. 271 physicians have told me of the present state of medical science, I am convinced that there is a larger body of valid scientific truth within the reach of the teacher than within the reach of the physician. That is, if teachers would learn and use the principles within their reach, there would be less empiricism in teaching than in medicine. I think there cannot be a doubt that the fundamental principles of psychology are as well set- tled as the fundamental principles of medicine. The strangest feature in the case, however, is still to be noted : although certain laws of mental life have been known since the days of Plato, and although suc- ceeding centuries have confirmed them and added to their number, it is only now that even a beginning has been made in the deductive application of these laws to mental training. In our profession this is the great need of the hour ; and tlje place in particular, and even the only place, where this work can be systematically prosecuted, is the university chair of education. This, it seems to me, should be its characteristic function. 6. With my present opportunities, I have often asked myself which would be the greater privilege, to address my instruction to professional teachers, or to the general student. When I reflect on the direct purpose of my chair, I conclude that the professional teacher should be the elect object of my efforts ; but when I reflect on the following words of Herbert Spencer, I am in grave doubt. "No rational plea," says Mr. Spencer, "can be put forward for leaving the art of education out of our curriculum. Whether as bearing upon the happiness of parents themselves, or whether as affecting the characters and lives of their children and remote descendants, we must admit that a knowledge of the right methods of 272 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. juvenile culture, physical, intellectual, and moral, is a knowledge second to none in importance. This topic should occupy the highest and last place in the course of instruction passed through by each man and woman. "77te subject which involves all other subjects, and therefore the subject in which education of every one should culminate, is the ' Theory and Practice of Edu- cation!' " * This extract furnishes the occasion for a large amount of serious thinking; and though there may be hesita- tions between the two classes of auditors we might pre- fer to address, one thing is beyond dispute: education, as a branch of general university study, is of at least co- ordinate importance with conic sections, Sanscrit, geol- ogy, and many others that might be mentioned. If we were to rank subjects on the basis of their direct bearing on the individual interests o:^ men and women in gen- eral, there can hardly be a doubt that education would fall but a little below the head of the list. That uni- versity recognition has long been given, and is generally given, to subjects of far less relative importance, is a phenomenon in scholastic history. The exception is the more singular, from the circumstance that this subject is the basis of one of the most widely practised arts; and even still more singular, from the circumstance that the great body of professional teachers have been indifferent to the university study of a subject in which they may reasonably be supposed to feel a deep and peculiar inter- est. From the standpoint of the general public, this phenomenon admits of an easy explanation ; as people in general have so little positive knowledge on this sub- ject of education, they conclude that a professor of edii- * "Education," pp. 163, 163. EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 273 cation would be withoiit substantial functions, without, in fact, anything to profess. Whether this mode of thinking may or may not ex- tend to our profession, I will not stop to inquire. The general conclusion to which I am brought by this train of thought is, that education has a valid right to be made a university study, quite independently of its profes- sional bearing, but solely by virtue of its high general utility as a branch of human culture. I must now return to a theme that was suggested in the earlier part of this discussion, the bearing of the uni- versity study of education upon the status of normal schools. No belief is more firmly impressed on my mind than that normal schools had their origin in the necessities of our civilization, and that they will always remain permanent factors in our educational history. As already stated, they are the exponents of a marked advance in public opinion as to fitness for teaching. They not only supply a need that will always be felt, but there will be a steady rise in their appreciation as tlio subject of education- becomes better understood. The ground for this belief will become evident from a slight examination. In the teaching force of the country, the volunteers or irregulars very largely out- number the standing or regular army. For ten who teach from year to year as a regular vocation, there are a hundred who intend to teach, and who actually do teach, only two or three years on the average. So far as can be seen, this state of things will continue indefinitely. Now, some kind of professional preparation should be required of this large class of teachers. What shall it be ? Shall they be expected to pursue a liberal course of study in college or university, and to become, versed 12* 374 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. in educational history and science ? It is folly to dream of such a consummation. The most that can be ex- pected, with any show of reason, is that this preponder- ant body of teachers receive a good secondary education, and, in close connection with it, instruction in the most approved methods of doing school work. This, I repeat, is the utmost that can bo expected of the transient mem- bers of the teaching profession. Here lies, as it seems to me, the function of the normal school. As yet, only a small part of the teaching class has been affected by the normal school ; but, witli the growth of juster ideas as to fitness for good teaching, tliere will surely come a growing demand for normal instruction ; so that an adequate appreciation of the normal school is j'et to come. What can give extension and intensity to the convic- tion tliat all who purpose to teach should have some for- mal preparation for their duties ? I can see no other means so effective as the declaration by the highest academic authority, that something be- sides general knowledge is essential for fitness for teach- ing. Note tlie implication ; if the highest attainable scholarship is not of itself sufficient to constitute fitness for teaching, then surely the lower scholarship must be supplemented by some special form of professional train- ing. It seems to me to follow inevitably, that the most direct and most effective means of emphasizing the value of normal schools, and of extending their field of useful- ness, is the university recognition of the teaching pro- fession. In what way could a university course of instruction in teaching affect a normal school injuriously ? In the first place, there is no ground for competition. How EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 275 can a university compete with a secondary scliool ? It is only after a pupil has completed the academic course in a normal school that he is prepared for admission to a university. As there can be no competition there is no ground for jealousy or ill-will, provided there is a recognition of the fact that the public-school service of the state requires of some of its teachers a higher grade of scholarship than a normal school can afford. To em- ploy Dr. Tappan's phraseology, " The graduate of a sec- ondary school is not prepared to instruct a secondary school." In otlier words, the high schools of a state re- quire the services of men and women wlio have had a college or a university training. And if certain schools require a higher academic training than a normal school can give, so they require a higher grade of professional education — instruction in doctrines and principles, rather than in methods. Below the third year of the high-school course, normal- school training may suffice ; but above the second year, university training is requisite. When normal schools are charged witii the whole burden of professional preparation, they naturally and perhaps excusably fall into the error of attempting to do what they are incapable of doing, and so of ne- glecting to do, in part, what it is their natural function to do — to supply the ungraded schools, and the first ten grades of village and city schools, with trained teachers. The adjustment that is to come simply exemplifies the law of the division of labor, the normal school doing what its constitution permits it to do, and declining to do what it is unable to do, and the university doing what its higher organization charges it with doing. When the 276 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. professional education ef teachers has attained its proper adjustment, it will be seen that teachers in normal schools should have a university training. Under no other condition can the work of these schools be done with a breadtli of view that is essential for high excellence. The almost inevitable tendency of a lower culture is, on the one hand, to subdivide and minimize more than is meet, and, on the other, to exalt trifles to unwarranted proportions. It is the remark of a recent French writer that, " after all, nothing so much resem- bles a man as a child. In truth, he is already a man, if not in fact, at least in possibility, and it is important at an early hour to call into exercise, by degrees, it is true, his innate powers of abstraction and generalization. In these days wo are too much inclined, perhaps, to forget tiiis point."* Tliis, it seems to me, is a wholesome truth often forgotten by tliose who train teachers. The child should not be educated in sections, but tiie whole com- plex organization should share in a general forward move- ment. Sense training, for example, is not the exclusive prerogative of the child, but should be employed in duo measure in all grades of instruction; and so reflection is not the exclusive prerogative of the adult, but even the ciiild participates in its due exercise. I believe tliat the source of these errors is a limited intellectual culture, tliat misinterprets a part because it has never compre- hended the whole. This minimizing tendency has cer- tainly brought reproach upon systematic teaching ; and the only remedy that I can sec is a liberal training, both general and professional, for thoso who are moulding the lower education of the times. In order that the professional study of education in * " Dictionnaire de P6dagogie," I"" Partie, p. 1425, EDUCATION A8 A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 277 universities may be placed npon a proper footing, three conditions seem to me to be absolutely required. 1. Tlie professorship of education should be co-ordinate in rank with other professorships. No other professor- ship has a more extensive field, or a field more peculiar- ly its own. An inferior rank would carry with it an implied infe- riority of worth that would compromise success from the very beginning. The work of such a professorship is too great, especially at this formative stage, to permit the doing of any other professional work in conjunction with it. A divided allegiance would seem to me vejiy unwise. 2. These courses in education should count towards a degree, just as other courses do. This is too obvious to deserve further remark. 3. A university degree, earned in part by work done under this professorship, should be a life license to teach. That a degree representing such an amount of academic work in addition to the courses of professional instruc- tion, should be of at least co-ordinate value with a nor- mal-school diploma, seems to me too evident to per- mit discussion. To this extent, certainly, young men and women should be encouraged to attain the highest grade of preparation for the public-school service of the state.* With respect to practice in connection with instruc- tion in the principles of teaching, the current opinion is so nnanimous and so decided as against my own think- ing, that it is to be presumed that I am wrong. How- ever, I suppose I am uot thereby debarred from express- ing an opinion. *This^ topic is discussed further in- the Appendix. 278 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. The fundamental idea of professional instruction is, that the inexperienced are to be taught to do by know- ing. In medicine, it is only the quack who professes the dogma that be should learn to do by doing. The true doctrine I suppose to be this : First know, and then, on the occasion of experience, perfect your knowledge by doing. There is now a wide-spread denial of the vitality of knowledge, if I may use this expression ; that is, the in- lierent tendency of belief to mould the conduct, to em- body itself in act, or to evolve a metliod out of a theory, i^ generally denied. How baseless this assumption isj we may see from tlie natural history of prejudices, and still more clearly, perhaps, from the weekly item relating how the dime novel displays its effect in marauding ex- peditions and midnight burnings. The outcome of beneficent thoughts and purposes, though not so obtrusive, is yet as constant a phe- nomenon. Now I would base the higher professional education of teachers on the assumption that a clear conception of what is to be done constitutes the best attainable prepa- ration for actual work. I am here speaking, let it be re- membered, of practice schools for university students. Schools of observation have an admitted value. Tiiey serve the same purpose as clinics in medical education. But in each case the aid comes from seeing good models, not from doing. Tlie instruction is still theoretical. My objection to practice teaching in such a case as the one now under consideration is, tliat it is unnecessary, and that it is so unlike one's real work as to be misleading. Let it be observed, again, that I am not discussing the experimental teaching done in normal schools. Hero EDUCATION AS A UNIVERSITY STUDY. 279 the conditions are changed in some important respects that cannot now be noted ; but even here, I think it may at least be questioned whether the vahie of this empirical instruction has not been overestimated. A university student going to his work witli clear con- ceptions of what he is to do, and a normal-seliool student going to his witli methods ready to his hand, will be found to have different histories, as a general rule. The first will be likely to stumble, will start rather clumsily, but will soon recover and improve to the end of the race ; while the second will start promptly and in good order, but will then bo slower in his progress, and will finally be out-distanced by the teacher having the greater reserved power. And now, a very brief historical notice of the move- ment I have discussed will conclude this discussion. In English-speaking countries, distinct chairs of edu- cation in universities have been established as follows: In Edinburgh and in St. Andrews, Scotland; in Acadia College, Nova Scotia; in the Universities of Missouri, Michigan, and Wisconsin, and in Cornell University. In the Universities of Cambridge and of London there are courses of lectures on education, but no professorship of education ; in the University of Iowa the professor of men- tal and moral philosophy lectures also upon education ; and in various colleges there are normal departments. This new movement is one that is destined to form a turning-point in the history of the educating art ; and in this movement there is a complete solidarity of interest. Tiie question chiefly at stake is the ennobling of tlie teaching profession ; and in this question every teacher of every grade has a living personal interest. Nay, more ; the interests of every citizen, irrespective of rank or call- 280 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ing, arc involved in this forward movement, for, as Hor- ace Mann has said, " No subject is so comprehensive as that of education. Its circumference reaches around and outside of, and, therefore, embraces all other interests, human and divine." CHAPTEE XVI. THE NOKMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. The special question that I propose to discuss is this : " Has the time come for a radical change in normal- school courses of study ?" Any adequate treatment of this theme makes necessary a discussion of the larger ques- tion which I have ventured to call " tlie normal-school problem." At the very outset, it ■will, doubtless be granted that the organization and management of this class of schools is still a problem. If any one has reached absolute assurance in this matter, it must be because his information, or his range of thought, is very limited. We will recollect that this question is relatively a new one. The methodical discussion of the general educa- tional problem was begun in earnest twenty-three cen- turies ago ; while the germ of the normal school was dropped in the soil of the seventeenth century. Even now we have scarcely a firm grasp of the main elements of the general problem of education. It is, therefore, lit- tle less than presumption to think that this new problem has reached anything more than a provisional solution. We are now passing through the period of discussion, and hence of disagreement. There is no longer that unanimity which comes from ignorance and indifference ; but beyond this period of dissent there will, doubtless, come the era of substantial agreement, when the char- acteristic phenomenon will be growth under pacific con- ditions. 283 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. To use Mr. Spencer's phrase, one of our highest duties is " to take stock of our progress," to review our mode of doing business up to date, to estimate the net results of all our efforts, and, in view of what has been and of what ought to be, to make those readjustments which the situation demands. Wise revision requires both retro- spection and prevision. That our progress may be safe, the knowledge of what should he is quite as essential as the knowledge of what has been; and that we may ad- vance with reasonable rapidity, this reflective taking of stock should be made at not infrequent intervals. In all humanitarian enterprises, these deliberate re- visions are the more necessary from tliis circumstance, tliat while, for the most part, they owe their origin to a powerful sentiment, this motive will in time spend itself, and must then be replaced by an impulsive force of tlie logical type. Feeling will cause a great movement, but, in the end, it must be defended and sustained by reason. One of tlie most inspiring pages in American educational history is that on which is told the story of the planting of the first normal school in this country at Lexington, Mass. If I interpret this history aright, the movement which culminated in the establishment of this first American normal school was due to the ardent zeal of a few enthusiastic friends of popular education, rather than to the logical deductions of the thinker. The san- guine expectations of these noble spirits are most pathetic. Tiiey seem to say, " The fate of the commonwealth de- pends on the right education of the youth ; the quality of the schools depends on the learning, virtue, and skill of the teachers ; but good teachers cannot be improvised, tliey must be men and women who have set themselves apart for this high service, and who have been especially THE NOKMALSCHOOL PKOBLEM. 283 trained for its difficult duties." The all-important thing, therefore, is the teachers' seminary. Give us this, and our best wishes for the commonwealth will be fulfilled. This, in brief, is the story of this movement as it comes to lis from the pages of a half-century ago, and it is typi- cal of all similar movements. Western towns sometimes spring up, as it were, in a single night; and without es- tablished industries, or even a fixed population, a heavy tax is levied for the building and equipment of a high- school. The enterprise owes its origin and completion to popular zeal, and often to a zeal not at all according to knowledge. Before the mortar has been well hardened, the tax-gatherer destroys the illusion, and then the enter- prise that was born of sentiment is saved, if indeed it be saved, by argument. I imagine that if the venerated men whose liearts were gladdened by the final triumph of their hopes, could speak to us, they would confess their disappointment at what has been accomplished by the normal scliools during the half-century of their existence. Tlie improvement in the status of the teaching profession has not been as marked as tliey anticipated. Instruction has not improved in quality to the degree they dreamed ; and perhaps more than in all else, they would feel a disap- pointment in the popular appreciation of teachers' semi- naries. And if their voices could reach our ears, I doubt not they would counsel us to revise our ways, to the end that the normal school may be the better equipped for its mission. However good and earnest our intentions may be, it is doubtless impossible for us to rid ourselves of the dis- turbing influence of personal bias. Looking at the same object from different points of view, our impressions and 284 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. onr conclusions can hardly fail to be different. So far as the formation of an accurate judgment is concerned, nearness to an object and remoteness from it are equal misfortunes. In both cases we are the victims of false perspective. "We see either too much or too little. An architect tliat should direct the building of a pile wholly from within would incur the gravest risks of miscalculation ; his safety would lie in receiving the im- pressions of another who had studied the general effect from a normal distance. " He who builds a house," says Aristotle, " is not the only judge of it." Ownership not only reconciles us to what we may chance to have, but may even conceal from us the defects that are as open as the day to others. On the other hand, it is easy to dis- parage what is not our own, especially when there is the least motive for such disparagement. The conclusion of the whole matter is, that we shall gain rather than lose by the comparison of presentations that have been gained from different points of view. Provided our studies have been patient and thorough, and we are obe- dient to the laws of candor and courtesy, such compari- sons of views cannot fail to be fruitful. I feel bound by a sense of fairness to state that in the actual administration of normal schools proper, I have had no experience. As to the limitations tliat are due to material, time, and the needs of the schools, I can judge only by reflection on the facts coming to me at second hand ; and much as I may wish to put myself in a nearer position, I can do it only through imagination, and thus, of course, imperfectly. Besides, partly from the necessi- ties of my position, and, perhaps, even more from pre- dilection, I feel most interest in the theoretical aspect of normal instruction ; while those who are in actual THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 285 charge of normal schools feel impelled to study tin's problem mainly from its practical side. But if we grant that this theme has these two aspects, the theoretical and the practical, that tliere must be a theory of teaching be- cause there is an art of teaching, it is clear that we shall gain by looking at the normal school from these two dis- tinct points of view. " Studies," says Bacon, " are perfected by experience." Men of action, held responsible for results, are adequate- ly protected against the dangers of theorizing. Many minds are suspicious of ideals. I cannot think that we have anything to fear from the steady contemplation of the normal school as it ought to be. I know tliat the ideal school, even if we could have it, would be impracti- cable. Working schemes must be adapted to the imperfec- tions of those who manage them, and of the material on which they operate ; but we are all weighted in the race we run ; our clumsy fingers can never execute the divine pattern seen in our mind's eye ; the utmost we can do is to approach our ideals ; we sliall never reach them. Whether in morals, in art, or in action, aspiration after the ideal is the very condition of progress. As a step somewhat nearer my final purpose, let me state some propositions on whicli there is probably no difference of opinion. 1. The normal scliool is not only an essential instru- ment of educational progress, but is itself a product of that resistless on-going which we term civilization. Il- luminating gas, coal oil, the electric light, the printing press, the telegraph, are not so much inventions and dis- coveries as growths ; each of them echoes, as it were, the voice of fate ; their not coming is inconceivable. And so the normal school was one -of the products of the 386 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. times; its coming could not have been considerably hastened, nor could it have been prevented ; it came in response to certain needs, and it has come to stay. Its mission is as definite as that of the common school, the college, or the universitj'. As it was the product of a growth, it -will itself exhibit all the essential phenomena of growth. The functions it first performed were re- sponses to the scholastic needs that were then most press- ing; but as there is continuons growth in the conception of education, the needs of the schools will suffer pro- gressive changes, and so the functions of the teachers' seminary must necessarily pass through a series of up- ward transformations. I think we must go further than this, and say that the normal school should not merely keep an even pace with the educational thought of the times, but should be itself a leader in educational thought. It should "allure to brighter worlds and lead the way." In its doctrines and methods it should anticipate the needs of the times, and should give conscious and even authori- tative direction to both educational theory and practice. Those who are charged with the administration &f normal instruction should occupy the very outposts and watch- towers of educational progress. For these high func- tions there is necessary not only a knowledge of all past achievements in the line of educational thought and ac- tion, but a rational cult of ideals that will permit some degree of prophecy. The fact is, the ei-a of normal in- struction has only just begun. It remains for our suc- cessors, near and remote, to possess and cultivate a land in which we are pioneers and pilgrims. 2. From an early date it must have been observed that there were teachers and teachers; and as the contrast be- tween the lettered and ihe unlettered became less and THE NORMAL-SCHOOL FBOBLEM. 387 less obvious, the contrast between good teaching and poor teaching became more and more obvious ; and as this ob- served difference could not be ascribed to mere differences in scholarship, it was attributed to good and bad methods. Under this higher conception, the two main features in a teacher's preparation were matter and method, and no doubt greater emphasis was given to method, from the circumstance that elementary instruction had now be- come of pre-eminent importance. Mature minds can be left largely to self-direction ; but the young are depend- ent on the art and skill of those who instruct them. The preoccupation of the ancient teacher was the mature mind, but of the modern teacher, the immature mind. The exponent of the conception that method is an es- sential element in preparation for teaching is the early normal school. The moment metiiod becomes an object of deliberate study, a comparison of methods becomes inevitable. In teaching the instrumental art of reading, for example, the phonic, the phonetic, the word, and the sentence methods are brought into vigorous contrast and become rivals. Out of this discussion there issues the necessity for a final and absolute test or criterion ; and this criterion, of course, turns out to be a psychological law. The problem of primary reading tluis permits a scientific solution, and it is an easy step to the inference that a teaclier should not only be furnished with good methods, but should also know the scientific basis of method. It is in this way that the art of teaching is now passing from the old time empirical stage into its future and permanent I'ational or scientific stage. It cannot be said that we are now fair- ly living in this new order of thought. The most that can be afiirmed is that some principles are recognized by 388 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. some teachers, and that there is a growing disposition to stndy fundamental doctrines. The ideal teacher is not merely to be wise, as the primitive conception of fitness required ; nor yet to be furnished with matter and method, as the better current thought demands ; but is to super- add to these necessary acquirements a knowledge of the principles, physiological, psychological, ethical, and so- ciological, that iinderlie the educating art. It is refresh- ing to observe that the pioneers in the normal-school movement in this country proclaim with one accord the importance of tlie study of the theory and history of education ; but these utterances are to be regarded as prophecies of what should ultimately be, rather than as prescriptions for immediate adoption. It is certain, I thint, tliat, even in tlie aggregate, the normal schools of the country have made only slender contributions to the science of teaching. I intend this remark to be the statement of an historical fact rather than a criticism. My main purpose in this paragraph has been to show that a new and final stage has been attained in the con- ception of fitness for the teaching office, and to suggest that the normal schools of the country should adjust themselves to this ascendant order of thought. 3. Another proposition in which we shall doubtless all agree, is that one essential characteristic of a real teacher is that high quality of soul denominated culture. I im- agine that this term escapes rigorous definitions, though we instantly recognize the quality when once in its pres- ence. I know of nothing that comes nearer a definition of culture than Plato's conception of the philosophic character. In Jowett's version it is as follows : " A lover, not of a part of wisdom, but of the whole ; who has a taste for every sort of knowledge, and is curious to learn. THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PKOBLEM. 289 and is never satisfied ; who has magnificence of mind and is the spectator of all time and all existence ; who is harmoniously constituted; of a well-proportioned and gracious mind, whose own nature will move spontaneously towards the true being of everything ; who has a good memory, and is quick to learn, noble, gracious, the friend of truth, justice, courage, temperance."* Perhaps we might summarize this statement, and say that the essen- tial qualities of culture are as follows : comprehensive- ness and elevation of mind ; a quenchless zeal for knowl- edge; grace and harmony in mental endowments; an ardent love of whatever is true, beautiful, and good ; an educated will that moves spontaneously towards the right. Such an ideal as Plato has here drawn is the ripened fruit of a whole lifetime of training. During tlie or- dinary period of education, the process that leads to this final result can be hardly more than well begun ; but we will all agree that the tendency of the school from first to last should be towards this Greek ideal of a per- fectly matured soul. What I wish particularly to insist on is that the nurture of the normal school should be such as to bring the teacher himself well on his way tow- ards these high accomplishments, to the end that he may lend a kindred inspiration to those who may fall under his influence. Or, if this is expecting too much, there should at least be a kindling of that noble zeal which makes possible the attainment of some kind and degree of culture. I cannot conceive that any man or woman is fit for the teaching oflice unless he *'has a taste for various sorts of knowledge, and is curious to learn, and is never satisfied." A primary school that does not create something of this spirit, or a secondary school that does * " Republic," 475-487. ~ 13 390 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. not create a marked degree of it, must be counted as es- sentially a failure ; wliile in a normal school it seems to me that it should be the dominating spirit. 4. It would doiibtless be thought a great misfortune if the professional life of physicians were, on the average, no longer than three or four years. In such a case hu- man life would be constantly exposed to the dangers of empirical practice, for within this short period the phy- sician's previous studies, however careful they might have been, could be only very imperfectly perfected by experience; the work done under such circumstances would necessarily be crude. Still further, in anticipation of this short period of service, the preparation would be hasty and superficial, and very likely the average grade of ability employed in this avocation would not be higii. But the culminating effect would be a slow and halting progress in medical science, for there would be no opportunity to capitalize the perfected fruits of ex- perience. This hypothetical case describes the actual condition of the teaching profession, and permits us to see the need of encouraging, in every possible way, a lengthening of tiie teacher's term of office, so that this employment shall become a vocation rather than an avo- cation. That there will always be a considerable tran- sient element in our profession seems certain, and this fact shows the need of giving our serious attention to three things: This transient membership should be made relatively less than it now is; the work should be directed by what Plato calls " true opinion," * or the matured results of the best thinking; and the perma- * "And the lawgiver, reviewing his woi-k, will appoint guardians to preside over these things, some who walk by intelligence, but others by true opinion only." — " Laws," p. 637. THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 391 nent membership should be greatly increased by holding ont as an inspiring motive the hope of an honorable career. This brings me to the special observation I wish to make. As the normal school is a professional school, its nurture should be such as to supply its pupils with mo- tives sufficient ia kind and intensity to make them zeal- ously inclined towards teaching as a permanent calling. For this purpose, the main essentials are four : There must be a general intellectual quickening, so that there shall be developed and established a love for the scholar- ly vocation ; there must bo a feeling of hearty respect for the teaching service, awakened, as it seems to me, by a kaowledge of educational history; there must be an outlook into the future which will disclose the possi- bility of invention and discovery, a result to be reached only through the study of educational science ; and there must be a thorough infusion of the scientific spirit as distinguislied from the spirit of tradition and routine. The accomplished teacher should be a man of science, in the sense that the accomplished physician is a man of science. I am persuaded that the motive which most at- tracts minds of the higher order into certain vocations is the opportunity for the free exercise of tact, talent, ingenuity, invention, discovery, and all the resources of a well-stored and well-disciplined mind. Minds of the bet- ter order love to take chances, to run risks, to anticipate the uew, and to compass by sagacity some victory over danger and difficulty. To all such minds, the possibili- ty of achievement is an inspiring motive of the highest order. I will now turn to another set of propositions, where, possibly, there will be more or less dissent, arising, prin- 393 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. cipally, froin different points of view. I find no pleas- ure whatever in disagreement, and whenever I express dissent it is out of loyalty to what I think to be the tnith. Neither have 1 any over-confidence in my own opinions, for I can lieartily subscribe to this sentiment of Helvetius: " J'ai trop sou vent tronvd mauvais le soir se quo i'avais cru bon le matin pour avoir une haute opinion de mes luraieres." * Particularly in one of the matters I shall mention, I cannot resist the feeling that I must be wrong, because my opinion is opposed to the one held by so very many who have better opportunities for knowing. But even in this case I am sure I shall be pardoned for trying to express what I seriously think, especially as my single purpose has been to find the truth. 1. I am conscious of the danger I incur of seeming to say more than I mean, or to underrate the importance of one factor in the elements of a teacher's preparation. I believe the importance of empirical method has been greatly overestimated, and that this over-esteem has ob- scured the necessity of generous scholarship. Method has been so detached from the tout ensemble of teaching, and has received such stress of attention in the way of study and practice, that^ to some extent, it has played the part of usurper. Of the conditions under which method is best learned, I sliall speak further on. What I wish to say at this point is, that important as method must be allowed to be, it cannot be accepted as an equiv- alent for scholarship ; ^ind that if, by the rdle now assigned it, or by the manner in which it is taught, the value of high literary culture has been obscured, the normal schools of the country have fallen into a serious error. It is my * " De L'Esprit," preface, p. ii. THE NOEMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 298 beliefj founded on observations of the work done in representative normal schools, as well as on the history of teachers educated in such schools, that the imminent danger is that of slender scholarship. Witliout saying that less stress should be given to method, it seems to me that much more stress should be placed on literary cult- ure. If the Platonic conception of culture be kept in mind, I think I shall not be misunderstood when I say that a graduate of a New England seminary, or of a New England college, with no other knowledge of method than he may have imbibed from liis own scholas- tic training, is more likely to become a living power in the schoolroom than one who has pursued a secondary course of instruction while pi'eoceupied with the study of .method. 2. The ground for the last remark is the following proposition, the trutli of which seems to me to admit of but little doubt: A study pursued with direct reference to practical ends loses a consideraMe portion of its cultr ure value. Tliat this doctrine is supported by authority of such weight as Plato's is proof that there is some ground for thinking it true. Plato's antipathy to what we call practical studies is well known. Thus, he says of arithmetic, " It will be proper to enforce tlie study by legislative enactment, and to persuade those who are destined to take part in the weightiest affairs of state, to study calculation and devote themselves to it ; . . . not cultivating it with a view to buying and selling as mer- chants and shopkeepers, but for purposes of war, and to facilitate the conversion of the soul itself from the change- able to the true and real." * Throughout his entire dis- cussion of the educational question, Plato is concerned »" Republic," 535. 394 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. witli the dieciplinary or culture value of studies; the mind is to be made tiie perfected instrument of thinking, and the sonl is finally to be brought to the contempla- tion of pure truth ; the attainments most to be desired are self-poise and a sense of unity and completeness. This upward movement of tlie soul, as Plato thought, is checked and destroyed by descending to practical activi- ties. Unity and ■wholeness are essential to culture, the utilities disintegrate and destroy. The broad contrast is liere between the pnictical value of a subject and its value for culture, and the thought seems to be that as inte- gration is essential to culture, and disintegration equally essential to art, the two processes are antagonistic. For example, the culture value of a piece of literary art, as the " Paradise Lost," will be destroyed by making the poem a parsing exercise. Now, from this general trntli, which I have attempted to illustrate rather than to discuss, it is but a step to the inference that a general training and a technical training are incompatible when conducted simultaneously; or that, if a pupil is preoccupied with the utilities which his course of study may serve, he is thereby debarred from the privileges of intellectual culture. In the matter of normal-school instruction, tlie case, under the foregoing liypothesis, will stand thus: in proportion as the tecli- nical element is brought into prominence, the course of study will lose its culture value, and by so much will di- minish the real teaching power of the pupil. Of course, this conclusion is based on the assumption that no teach- ing of high excellence is possible without a confirmed love of letters and a considerable degree of literary cult- ure. This view, as to the effect of concurrent general and THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PKOBLEM. 295 technical training in normal schools, is by no means new. Thus, in his " Training of Teachers," Mr. Laurie observes that " the moment we substitute a distinct practical pur- pose ... as the exclusive aim of education, and arrange tlie whole machinery of an institution to attain any one of these ends exclusively, the mental life of the student be- comes at once narrowed, and education in tlie iiigher sense disappears altogether" (p. 11). To the same effect is tliis quotation from Mr. Fitch's " Lectures on Teaching :" " It is not good that this science, or, indeed, any other science, should be mainly pursued ^er se,m separate training in- stitutions or professional colleges, where the horizon is necessarily bounded, and where everything is learned with a special view to the future necessities of the school or the classroom " (p. 5). 3. In the next place, this many-sided problem requires us to note the effect of habit on growth. I have been impressed with this remark by Mr. Sully, in his late work on Psychology : " Habit refers rather to tlie fix- ing of mental operations in particular directions. Taken in this narrow sense, habit is in a manner opposed to growth. By following out a train of ideas again and again, in a certain way, we lose the capability of varying this order, of readapting the combination to new circum- stances. Habit is thus the element of persistence, of cus- tom, the conservative tendency, while growth implies flexibility, modifiability, susceptibility to new impres- sions, the progressive tendency " (p. 49). To this state- ment I think the following observation should be added: The bad effect of habit in checking growth and versatili- ty is great in proportion as the range of intellectual vis- ion is narrow and the degree of mental discipline low. Meagre scholarship succumbs to routine, liberal scholar- 296 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ship not oiilj escapes its tyranny, but may dominate habit. There can be no versatility without breadth, and, at the best, breadtli of scholarship is of difficult attain- ment in secondary schools ; so that it seems to me a dan- gerous procedure to train pupils of a normal school into fixed methods of teaching, based on authority, at least before they have been instructed in doctrine. The fear is that through preoccupation with the study of method, and through the illiberal effects of fixed habits, there may not be that quickening into the intellectual life which is, of all gifts, the most jjrecious endowment of the teacher. My observations have been confined chief- ly to Western normal schools and the teachers they have educated, and I have been struck with the fact that only a very few, comparatively, of those who have had their training in these schools manifest a decided love of let- ters; in some way the greater number seem to have es- caped this contagion of noble minds.* If this is general- ly true, the phenomenon must have some general cause for which there should be diligent search, and in these two paragraphs I have attempted to give what appears to mo a probable explanation.f It should be added that, according to one conception of *" A training college where every student belongs to the same social stratum, and pursues the same course, -with the same profes- sion in view, gives little room for free play of mind and character. It may mould and moderate the average student, but it stunts, if it does not warp, the choicer spirits." — Journal of Ediication (Lon- don), July 1, 1885. tEoussoau's love of paradox should not lead us to overlook tho essential truth that is contained in this declaration : " The only habit a child should be allowed to form is to contract no habits whatever."—" fimile," Miss Wortliington's translation, p. 24. THE NOKMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 297 the normal school, what I have ventured to speak of as a fault would be esteemed as a peculiar excellence. I have heard it maintained by two distinguished educators that the most desirable endowment of a teacher is mechanical exactness and expertness, and that freedom and versatili- ty are dangerous. This much must be conceded : if the teacher is illiterate it is best that he should be a machine ; but if it is allowed that the teacher should be scholarly, he must be granted the largest play of tact, talent, and invention. Only typical uniformities in method should be insisted on ; in dealing with spirit, analogies drawn from tlie manipulations of matter are full of, danger. "Within what I have called typical uniformities, a teach- er's method should have the characteristic stamp of his own genius and personality. For example, following the general law of presentation, the sequence wiU uniformly be from aggregates to elements, and then from elements back to aggregates ; but, in the details of practice, tliere may be within the sphere of this law the greatest diver- sity of procedure. No two good teachers of the word method or of the sentence method will conduct a recita- tion in reading in the same fashion. 4. Another preliminary statement that seems to mo essential to a proper understanding of the normal-school question is this : one sliould know considerably more than he expects to teach / his grade of scholarship should ie con^ siderably higher than that of his pupils. The reasons for this rule are obvious : a teacher who is compelled to work nearly up to the limits of his scholarship loses his self- respect, and so misses the necessary support of moral courage; a clear perspective can be gained only from a considerable eminence ; the parts of the educating process that fall within the provinee of the individual teacher "13* 398 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. eliould be seen as they are related to a comprehensive whole ; and, perhaps more than all else, a teacher cannot create among his pupils an inspiration after higher at- tainments, unless his own example is an open invitation to covet the highest gifts. If this general doctrine is true, it seems to me to warrant the following rule: A teacher for a school of a given grade should be educated in a school of a higher grade. If the education of the country could be administered under the spirit of this rule, two or three generations would suffice to exhibit a marked elevation in the intellectual condition of the peo- ple. When tlie typical Scotch schoolmaster held a diploma from Glasgow, Edinburgh, or Aberdeen, the type of intellectual life, as a prevalent fact, was higher in Scotland than in any other country in Europe, and de- cadence in this intellectual superiority set in when the university graduate was displaced by men who liad received their training in schools of secondary instruc- tion. 5. The last of the debatable questions that the pur- pose of this chapter requires me to discuss is this: Is academic instruction a legitimate function of the normal school, or should this school assume that its pupils have a competent knowledge of subjects, and then concentrate its efforts on purely professional work, — instruction in method and doctrine ? This is a very clear case in which a seeming, but perhaps mistaken, ideal is practically im- possible. There is no doubt, I think, that, in general, professional instruction should be something superadded to a general or liberal education, and administered apart. The complete man should be formed first, and then he should be converted into an instrument. For example, the physician should first receive the best intelleetnal THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 299 training tliat is attainable, and, when this has been com- pleted, he should concentrate his whole attention on the special studies that his profession requires. And so for the lawyer and the clergyman. In all these cases, the knowledge that is acquired during the course of liberal education is not knowledge that is necessary for profes- sional use ; but in the case of the teacher, the matter that is learned primarily as literature or science is, at the same time, an essential part of his professional equip- ment. It thus happens that every good school, in a true and very important sense, fulfils two of the essential functions of a normal school : it communicates the knowl- edge which the teacher must in turn communicate, and it exhibits methods which he may adopt in Jiis own prac- tice. We shall be quite near the truth in stating that the function of the superintendent is to reproduce the school in which he was educated, and that the function of the teacher is to reproduce a part of the school in which he was educated. Wiien we say that the school to be reproduced, wholly, or in part, has first been trans- formed into an attainable ideal, have we not stated the whole trutli ? Manifestly, if tliere is to be only an exact reproduction of the actual school, there can be no prog- ress in education. A new factor must be incorporated into each reproduction, so that there shall be at least an arithmetical cumulation of improvements. Whence is this new factor of rising magnitude and value to be sup- plied? This, I imagine, is the peculiar function of the normal school. We might here make a proximate defi- nition of the normal school as follows: a model school of secondary instruction, whose pupils purpose to become teachers, and are fitted to do educational work of a higher type through some mastership of the history and 300 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. the science of education. Save in the last particular, this is the historical conception of the normal school. This term was evidently borrowed from the French, and in a debate of the convention in 1794, Lakanal defined it as follows : " Normal, from the Latin norma, rule. These schools are to be, in fact, the type or the standard for all the others."^ The main elements of this problem, as I have con- ceived it, have now been bronglit forward ; and it re- mains only to state my conclusions in the form of a general summary, with such explanatory discussion as may appear necessary for the sake of clearness. 1. The three distinctive aims of the normal school are ScHpLABSHip, Method, and DocTEmE.' There is doubtr less great unanimity in recognizing the fact that these are the three elements of a teacher's professional educa- tion which the normal school should give. The ques- tions in dispute relate to their relative importance and -to the manner in which they should be pursued. Tiie following paragraphs will indicate the line of thought into which I have been almost insensibly drawn. 2. Of the three elements I have named, I believe that pre-eminent importance should be assigned to scholarr ship. First of all, the teacher must be. a scholar, and no part of his professional education must be conducted at the expense of scholarship. Under scholarship I would include some sensible degree of literai'y culture, one in- dication of whidi is a pronounced love of good books. The course of academic study should, be, in the truest sense of the term, liberal. The specific discipline yielded ■by such subjects as arithmetic, algebra, geometry, gram- mar» and physics should be relieved by the thre e culture 1 . .. * See "bictionDaijre.deP^clagogie," article "Norniales." • THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PEOBLEM. 30t subjects that fall ■within the range of secondary instruc- tion — geography, history, and literature. Latin and one modern language, say French, seem to me indispensable for the purpose I have in view. I name French because the fruit-bearing stage can be reached so much sooner in this language than in German, and also because much of the pedagogical literature that it is so desirable to read is now to be found in this language. The ability to read with ease a book in another tongue gives the student a delicious sense of power W'liich will foster the scholarly spirit. While in pursuit of scholarship as here consid- ered, I wonder if I am wrong in thinking that the pupil's mind. should not be kept intent on the technical uses which each study is hereafter to serve. It seems to me that I am not. At least, I. would not have pupils pre- occupied with hourly anxieties about the demands of thei classroom. It is not prevision that I am discouraging, but a certain sort of prevision. A comprehensive sclieme of life that is most befitting a rational creature must ex- clude anxious questioning as to what we shall eat, or what we shall drink, or with what we shall be clothed. These subordinate purposes are all included in a wider and higher purpose, and they are best provided for by a living allegiance to the needs of the higher life. I sus- pect that this truth has a direct bearing on the intellec-' tual life of the teacher. It may be added that normal schools have' special need to guard, the conditions of intellectual culture. Their pupils, for the most part, have missed the opportunities for a careful elementary training. At the age of sixteen or eighteen the boy at the country-side obeys an impulse to fit himself for the public-school service, and so repairs to the nearest normal school. In this he dqeg well ; but, 302 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. from tlie lack of systematic intellectual training, there will be more or less ingrained resistance to the influences of the new scholastic life. In the university with which I am connected students over twenty-one years of age are admitted to certain studies without passing the usual entrance examinations ; and, with i-eference to some of these, the remark is not unf reqnently made, " He began too late !" I believe that this remark indicates the intel- lectual condition of many students in normal schools, and, if so, a somewhat extraordinary effort must be made to stimulate such minds into an activity which sliall be Self-sustaining.* 3. I now turn to the question of method. Let us be- gin by saying that method is the way to an end; and tliat the sum of a teacher's methods constitutes his art. Let it be premised also that a clear and definite knowl- edge of the ends to be attained by the study of the vari- ous subjects constitutes a considerable part of the science of method. For to know our destination is to know, by implication, the route over which wc must pass to reach it. The other source of prevision is some law or princi- ple, usually psychological. Knowing the end to be at- tained, as in reading or arithmetic, ingenuity will sug- gest certain means. Some of these will be rejected because they contravene a psychological law, while others are adopted because they are in accord with sucli law. This method of learning method may be called the sci- entific or rational, and will be further noticed in the next paragraph. Method may be taught by dictation, as when we read * Tlie membership of the New England normal schools is com- posed very largely of high-school graduates. In all such cases the danger I refer to is greatly diminished. THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 303 books on pedagogy, or listen to lectures on the art of teaching; that is, we are advised or directed to follow certain rules or processes on mere authority, the reason being scarcely consulted in the case. This mode of pro- cedure is exposed to all the objections that lie against the use of mere rules. Kules, we know, are indiscrimi- nating. They do not take into account quantity, quality, time, or place. They leave little or no liberty for choice, and so do not cultivate versatility. As mere knowledge, rules are unfruitful, as their action is limited with almost fatal precision, while their reaction, in the way of disci- pline, is narrowing and hardening. The better aspect of method taught empirical!}' is this : the aggregate of such instruction may result in the for- mation of an ideal, more or less clear and adequate, of the school and its mode of administration, and so may serve a good purpose in the work of reproduction that has been previously noted. Besides, if we must choose be- tween a rule-taught teacher and one who knows neither doctrine nor exact method, we should not hesitate to se- lect the first. Mechanical positiveness and exactness are incomparably better than ignorant uncertainty and vague- ness. ' It has been said that this mechanism is all that many teachers can attain to. If this be true, and if such teachers cannot be spared from the public-school service, then this way of learning method has considerable in its favor. In the third place, method may be learned from ob- servation, as in a school conducted by a skilful teacher, frequented on occasion by pupils in training ; or in the informal, almost unconscious, way which makes of every school a normal school, and of every pupil a possible teacher. As before stated, I believe that this was the 304 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. original conception of the teachers' seminary, that it should be a model school which might be reproduced by pupils who had learned the art of teaching from imita- tion. This method has the obvious advantage over tlie one -last stated that it is a study of the concrete instead of the abstract. An obvious disadvantage is that the school studied may not be the type of the one that is to be produced. This danger is sometimes avoided by hav- ing a model school which represents all the grades of a public school. Strictly speaking, I know of no other ways of learning method than those now discussed — the scientific, the em- pirical, and the imitative. Practice-work will be sug- gested as a fourth, but it is plain that the method must be known before even an attempt can be made to put it in practice. Practice, or, as it is more properly called, experiment, merely serves to make a method more com- pletely known. But practice-work, in connection with normal-school instruction, has become so prominent that it deserves our marked attention. I think it is not extravagant to say that a practice school is genei-ally regarded as an indispensable adjunct to a normal school ; and a trained teacher has come to mean one who has served a longer or shorter appreu; ticeship in the experimental school. A school that, for aOy reason, is not provided with this nocessaryadjunct feels itself in an attitude of apology. From all I have observed Of the actual results' of this kind of training, I do not share the popular appreciation of these experi- mental schools. In the main, the teachers thus educated^ as I have observed their work, embody and display the very spirit of routine. What they do they do with mcr chanical exactness, and if their me.thods chance to be THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM, 305 bad, as sometimes happens, they are followed with fatal persistence. At the same time, there is often a marked absence of the scholarly spirit, and an indisposition to strive for higher attainments. The effect of technic on culture I have already attempted to illustrate, and so I need not restate this ground of objection to practice- work. I will only add that the conditions under which this alleged training takes place are so peculiar and un- like those under which real school work will be done that harm is quite lilcely to result from it. The criticism that follows this practice -teaching is quite likely to be either superficial and worthless, or hypercritical and per- nicious. If this experimental work is done, it seems to mo that it should be done subject to these conditions : the academic training should be well advanced, and the pupil should have gained a considerable mastery of edu- cational doctrines, all to the end that he may preserve his freedom and interpret the lessons of daily experience. A school of observation seems to me indispensable. The normal school itself will illustrate the high-school grade, but some express provision should be made for repre- senting the primary and grammar grades. 4. The strictly professional studies of a normal-school course are psychology and the history of education. All the reasons that enforce the study of physiology on phy- sicians may enforce the study of psychology on profes- sional teachers. In each case he is essentially an empiric who has not a competent knowledge of his respective science. A science, truly known, is an art in posse ; on the occasion of experience it is converted into rules for practice. A liberal art— like medicine, law, or teaching — is best learned implicitly through its correlative science. Psychology can be taught in such a way as to liave al- 300 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. most the concrete interest of geography. Studied in this manner, it is a culture subject of almost co-ordinate value with the three previously named. Under wise in- struction, students in secondary schools can become psy- chologists in the same sense that they can become geolo- gists; in both cases they can attain to an intellectual comprehension of these sciences. In the case of teachers, psychology has this marked advantage, that its general truths can readily be converted into practical rules on the occasion of experience. To the teacher of awakened intelligence it is an intensely practical subject. Psychol- ogy exhibits the abstract or scientific phase of teaching, while its concrete counterpart is exhibited, or should be exhibited, in the school of observation. The bringing of the really fruitful portions of psychology into greater prominence would be a desirable, though, I trust, not radical, change in the normal-school courses of study.* Plato asserts ("Eepublic," 368) that historical anal- * " There is, I freely grant, such a tiling as teaching genius, which is independent of training. There are teachers also who, though destitute of this genius, are yet thoughtful men, in whose minds the routine methods of the normal schools are vivified into living principles ; but in the vast majority of cases these technical methods of the school- workshop remain merely in the dead form of rules and maxims, and leave the teacher precisely where the apt mechanic now is. It is the insight into philosophical principles that gives a true and never-failing supply of intellectual energy to the teach- er; it is the apprehension of ideas that ennobles and inspires him; it is contact with the history of past efforts to educate the race that gives to him breadth and humanity. Without thp sustaining energy thus supplied, it seems to me that the teacher's vocation is dreary enough; with it there is a daily renewal of spiritual life for himself and his pupils."— Laurie, " Tlie Training of Teachers," p. 305. THE NORMAL-SCHOOL PROBLEM. 307 ysis is the counterpart of psycliological analysis, and in this lie is followed by Cousin (" History of Phil.," vol. i., lect. ii.). The thonght is that the essential elements of hnman nature pass into the current of history, and are there embodied in a concrete form, magnified bj' many diameters; the page of history is the screen on which are delineated the intellectual and the moral ideas of the hnman soul. The thonght that I wish to impress is that educational history is the counterpart and proof of edu- cational psychology ; and that these subjects are the es- sential constituents of a teacher's professional study. The nearest approach to a radical change that I feel as- sured in recommending is the giving of a large place to the study of the history of education. By its historical and actual constitution the normal school, in its scheme of academic study, is necessarily a school of secondary instrnction. In consequence of this fact, so far as it recruits the teaching service of the coun- try, the npper limit of its field must fall somewhat within the high-school grade. I call attention to this fact to show that, as at present constituted, the normal schools are not fitted to dispense the professional education need- ed by head masters, principals, superintendents, or even first assistants in high schools. If studied preparation is to be made for these branches of the service, it must be made in the colleges and the universities of the country. And wlien this is done, as it assuredly will be, its most marked effect will be upon the normal school proper. Enthrone the normal idea in the high places of the aca- demic world, and, by a process of downward diffusion, it will inspire the whole teaching service of the country. The last thought I wish to express is that we ought never to have need of any radical change in the adrainis- 308 8CIENCK OF EDUCATION. tration of our educational affairs. If snch changes are ever necessary it is because there has been some marked arrest of growth. The most that wc can desire is con- tinuity of growth, or gradual evolution — the almost in- sensible transformation of the old into the new. The highest office of the educator is, by wise retrospection and prevision, to minister to this upward transformation; Whoever preaches revolution is worthy of suspicion and discredit. CHAPTER XVII. THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. All schemes for the improvement of the teachers of the country must recognize the fact that only a very small percentage of them have had any preparatory training of the professional or technical type. Even at this daj', when the normal idea has become so prevalent, the assumption is broadly current that, general scholar- ship is the sole prerequisite to teaching. This assump- tion is supported by the legal requirements for gaining a license to teach ; for almost the only requirement is decent proficiency in the elements of an education. In other words, the law does not furnish a motive sufficient to induce teachers to make an express preparation for the practice of their art. Another circumstance that goes to swell the number of unprepared teachers is the obvious fact that teaching is for the most part an avocation. It is not a voca- tion, much less a profession. Numbers of young men and multitudes of young women resort to teaching for a brief season, with no intention of making it a serious business, and, therefore, with no motive to make a stud- ied preparation for schoolroom duties. The fact is, I repeat, we must assume that our public- school service is to be administered, in great part, by young men and women who have made no previous study of the teaching art ; and one of the great educa- 310 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. tional problems of the day is how to promote the pro- fessional education of teachers who have entered the pnblic-school service with but little or no preparatory training. I think we may say at the outset that the function of the normal school is to take in hand the training of pro- fessional teachers ; whereas, the distinctive function of tlie institute is to provide some training for non-pro- fessional teachers. Tliose who frequent our normal schools, as a rule, do so with the deliberate intent of making teaching a vocation for a shorter or a longer period ; and, at the time when they actually enter upon their duties, they have already learned more or less of their art. The institute, on tlie other hand, assumes that very many who are actually teaching, or who pro- pose to teach, have never received a normal-school train- ing; and so its special function is to supplement the normal school— to do a little of the work that it should have done, but which it did not have the opportunity of doing. Military life furnishes an illustration of the distinctive functions of the normal school and the institute. The professional soldier is educated at West Point; but the exigencies of tlie country sometimes require the services of large numbers of non-professional soldiers. These volunteers are usually trained for a few days before they see actual service. In camps of instruction tiiey are taught the elements of military tactics, while their train- ing is extended and perfected by active service in the field. And so we may define an institute as a normal school with a very short course of study ; and we may state its general purpose to be, first, to instruct tiie prospective, but non-professional, teacher in the elements of his art. THE INSTITUTE AMD THE HEADING CIKCLE. 311 and thus to give some extension to his knowledge and skill. In this statement I have sought to indicate the primary and main purpose of the institute. I do not forget that a secondary purpose should he to stimulate and assist teachers who are further advanced in the the- ory and practice of their art. Now, for the sake of clearness, let us inquire what knowledge is needed in order to enter upon the work of teaching witli fair hopes of success; what are the ele- ments of professional knowledge, properly so called ; and what part of this work tlie limitations of the in- stitute will permit it to undertake. 1. It is plain that the very first requisite is a compe- tent knowledge of subjects. The teacher must know how to read, spell, and write, and must have some knowl- edge of aritlimetic, grammar, and geography, as the nec- essary condition of assisting others in the attainment of this knowledge. It is necessary to insist on this requii'e- ment, for two reasons : (1) The doctrine is beginning to prevail that teacher and pupil should move on the same plane, both should be tyros and learners, and that the chief point of superiority on the part of the teacher is his greater mental alertness and persistence. Of course, absolutely speaking, the teacher should be a learner ; but, relatively, he should be learned. In geography, for ex- ample, his scholarship should not be simply a tiling in progress, but a fact accomplished. In the work of the school, teacher and pupil are not co-ordinate elements. And (2) in our day there is such insistence on method, as distinguished from scholarship, that we are in danger of underestimating the importance of high scholastic at- tainments. In the earlier day scholarship was everything, method almost nothing; and the natural recoil from this 312 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. error has induced an exaggerated belief in method as some substitute for scholarsliip. I think it cannot be too much insisted on that a school of a given grade should have for its teacher one who has been educated in a school of a higher grade. After scholarship, the thing of next importance is method. Two teachers of equal attainments may stand to each otiier in real force as ten to one, the difference be- ing due to high and low qualities of method. I use this term to cover all the processes of the schoolroom — organ- ization, government, and instruction. Many have not observed the fact that improvement in methods of teach- ing has been as real, and, perhaps, as rapid, as improve- ment in the processes of agriculture or of manufacture. There is scarcely a greater difference between gathering grain with a cradle and with a reaper than between the alpliabetic and the word method. There is not a single method in schoolroom practice that has not suffered marked revision and improvement within the last twenty- five years. Now, what the institute is to insist on is, tliat all teachers under training shall be taught the very best current metliod of doing the various work of the school. So far we have been dealing with tlie matter and the method of tlie teacher's outfit; the body, so to speak, of his professional self. But this body must be animat- ed and inspired by a spirit. I am now speaking of some- thing that cannot be articulately described, but of some- thing of which we are all conscious when we think of a real teacher and his work. Grant to the painter his pal- ette, his brushes, his paints, and the formal rules of his art, but, with only these things, he is merely a mechanic. What will transform this mechanic into an artist? Fair THE INSTITUTK AND THE BEADING CIRCLE. 313 ideals, a divine sense of beauty, and a conception of the possibilities of art. It is only under the domination of this spirit that the artist becomes a creator. Now, what I wish to say is, that, by some means, a spirit akin to this must be infused into a body of scholars, in order that they may become teacliers. Tliere must be some ideal to serve as the goal of one's effort ; some sense of the sa- credness and grandeur of the teaching office, and a con- ception of what is possible tlirough the resources of the teacher's art. This change of spirit and of purpose is so marked that, sometimes, in speaking of it, I have vent- ured to call it conversion. On more than one occasion I have seen a change of countenance pass over an assembly of teachers as the sjieaker succeeded in causing his hearers to catcli a glimpse of the real nature and the possibilities of the educating art. He who has once ascended a mountain, and from thence has surveyed the landscape below, is forever after a changed man. In some real way, but, of course, in a way that cannot be described, so far as spir- it is concerned, there has been a transformation, almost a transfiguration. So teacliers may be made to survey their work from the summit of a lofty conception ; and then, forever after, this work will be done in a new spir- it, under a kind of inspiration. Matter, method, and spirit, these are the three things without which no work in teaching, even of tolerable ex- cellence, can be done. They must accompany all true teaching; and while they form the minimum of one's professional preparation, they are the permanent endow- ments of the most accomplished teacher. Other elements may be added, but these are constants. 2. General knowledge must be regarded by the teacher 14 314 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. as instrumental or teclinical — it is necessary material that be must employ in the practice of liis art; but with re- spect to general scholarship, the teacher cannot be dis- tinguished from the well-educated man or woman in general ; so that while a knowledge of subjects is to the teacher instrumental knowledge, it is not, with strict propriety, professional knowledge. Perhaps we must call it quasi professional ; though, considering the practical necessities of the case, instruction in subjects must be regarded as a necessary function of the normal school. What is that knowledge, then, which differenti- ates the teacher from the scholar — which is, with strict proprietj^, professional knowledge ? Method, as described in the last section, is certainly entitled to this designation, but on the ground that it is peculiar knowledge that no one but a teacher must necessarily have. On still higher ground, select portions of psychology are entitled to this designation, for it is chiefly this knowledge that can serve as the rational basis of method. As Mr. Bain says, the largest chapter in the science of education is psychologi- cal. Psychology, in fact, stands in the same relation to teaching that anatomy does to medicine. The teacher's art is addressed to mind, and if this art is to be rational, if it is to be administered in the scientific or the profes- sional spirit, for these are usually identical, the teacher should know much of the philosophy of spirit. We must hold, I think, that there is as good a reason why a pro- fessional teacher should have an articulate knowledge of psychology as there is why a physician should have such a knowledge of physiology. That Professor H , for example, should know the interdependence of sensation, perception, imagination, memory, and judgment, is just as essential as that Doctor T should know the inter- THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 315 dependence of lungs, stomach, liver, and brain. There is much of psychology that is merely cnrious or of gen- eral interest, having but very remote and indirect bear- ings upon the practice of the teacher's art ; but there is other matter, of much smaller volume, that is vitally and constantly related to every process of instruction. Some of this knowledge should certainly be communicated to teachers through the agency of the institute. I hear it said on all hands that the ordinary teacher is not capable of these high attainments ; but whoever will rightly ap- portion this knowledge, and deftly present it, will dis- cover a growing number of teachers addicted to seri- ous thinking. All admit that teachers ought to possess knowledge of this sort, but many are so sceptical of suc- cess in trying to communicate it that they abandon the project as hopeless. But, as the sage of the Tribune was wont to say, " the only way to resume is to resume ;" to create an appetite for this kind of knowledge we must in due season and in right measure allow toothsome mor- sels to fall in the way of those who have an awakened intellectual appetite. Another kind of knowledge, even more distinctly pro- fessional, because falling much further out of the range and the needs of the ordinary student, is what Mr. Bain calls "education values." What is the practical value, say, of arithmetic ? Is this value of the primary order, so that every one must study the subject ; or is it of sec- ondary value chiefly, so that the knowledge of a few can be sold and so made to suffice for the needs of the many ? As a discipline, is it specific in its effect, i. e., does it raise the quality of some special mode of mental action ; or is it tonic, i. e., does it minister to a general invigoration of the intellectual system ? Such questions may be asked 316 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. of every study ; and I bold that it is as reasonable that professional teacbers should know these things as that physicians should know the therapeutical value of calo- mel and quinine. At least one distinction should be made clear to all who teach, that between the practical value of a subject, and its value for discipline or culture. The BXibordinate distinctions I have indicated are of very great value, but it is scarcely reasonable to expect that teachers unaccustomed to severe thinking shall under- stand them suflBciently well to make a sure and safe use of them. The general spirit of the truths I would im- press in what has preceded may be expressed in brief, as follows : Teachers should be assisted in the work of perfecting themselves for the duties of their office by being stimu- lated to self-activity along three main, lines of study: (1) Tlieir knowledge of subjects should be gradually extended ; arithmetic should lead up to algebra and ge- ometry ; geography to travels, history, and political econo- my; grammar to rhetoric and criticism ; Latin to French and Italian, etc. (2) There should be a steady advance in professional knowledge, strictly so-called. In addition to the algebra, the chemistry, and the French grammar, there should be on the teacher's study table a representative educational journal, and the best current books on the theory, the history, and the art of teaching. (3) To counteract the narrowing tendencies of profes- sional study and duties, it is necessary that the teacher should court the catholic influences of general literature ; and, in addition to the books first suggested, his study table should be graced with a representative literary magazine like the Atlantic or Harper's, and with an oc- THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 317 casional volume of essays, poetry, or fiction. The aim I have in view is to make the teachei' a reader and a thinker ; to liberalize his mind with various knowledge ; and to secure to him some measure of genuine culture. Taking the teaching class as a whole, I do not know what greater good can be done to it than to inspire it with a love of the scholarly vocation. In what has now been said, I have tried to express my conception of the aid that should be rendered the great mass of those who arc engaged in the public-school ser- vice. The greater number of these have received no preparatory training of the professional type ; in many cases there is great deficiency in general scholarship ; in only a few cases, comparatively, is there a confirmed taste for intellectual pursuits ; and in still fewer cases is there any degree of that real, though indefinable, thing wo call culture. This work, if done at all, or at least if done di- rectly, surely, and methodically, must be done, in part, through the agency of the institute ; and wo must now study the limitations of this agency, the better to define its special aim and method. 3. The most obvious of these limitations is that of time. The course of instruction in a normal school cov- ers a period of three or four years ; but the institute must do its work within a period of one, two, three, or four weeks. The customary period is one week, or five working days. From this circumstance it becomes ap- parent at once that a choice must be made between ex- tension and depth. If much is undertaken it must be done superficially ; or if thorouglmess is the rule, the at- tention must be limited to a few subjects. This limita- tion of time affects the method of the institute with like precision. If class-work be the rule, then tlie S'ubjects 318 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. taught will be few and the progress in each will be slow. If instruction be given by lecture, the range of topics will be greater and progress apparently more rapid ; but the intensive effect will be proportionately light. The whole question of method is reduced in general terms to this : Shall the instructor teach, or shall he lecture ? That is, shall he cause his pupils to know, or shall he merely permit them to know ? I do not propose to an- swer this question at this point. Indeed, it cannot be answered till other conditions have been taken into ac- count. Another limitation to which the institute is subject is the unequal proficiency of its membership. I am usu- ally forced to distinguish three classes of attendants: The interested, well-informed, and appreciative few, who can interpret and appropriate the best that can be said ; the attentive and willing, but comparatively un- instructed and incapable listener, who, at best, can ap- propriate only imperfectly, and, in consequence, is al- ways on the verge of weariness and inattention ; and, the ignorant and the indifferent, who hang like a dead weight on the spirit of the instructor. A skilful in- structor might manage each of these three classes with success if it could be isolated ; but to instract them si- multaneously, and with profit, is as diflScult a task as can be imagined. Now, recalling the limitation of time, it must be evi- dent, I think, that the institute cannot undertake the in- struction of teachers in subjects — it cannot give them the matter of instruction. A teacher who comes to the institute ignorant of geography cannot possibly learn enough of this subject within four weeks to satisfy the requirements of an examiner; and tlie attempt to repair THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 319 ignorance in three or four subjects within this period is a palpable absurdity. It must be assumed, I think, that the members of an institute already have the matter of instruction, and what they most need in this line is a revival of their knowledge. A rapid review of the sali- ent points of a subject, or even of several subjects, is quite possible within the period of a week ; but this re- quires the sharp and accurate blows of an accomplished workman. The faults I have most frequently observed in the teaching of subjects are these : An aimless talk- ing about a whole subject, vague and pointless, instead of an incisive treatment of a few essential portions of the subject. In arithmetic, fou example, instead of attempting to teach the whole subject of Fractions, it would be better to dwell on one or two essential matters, as the relation of numerator to denominator, or an an- alysis of the process of dividing one fraction by another. And in Percentage, if the teacher can bo made to com- prehend clearly the meaning of the term per cent., the whole subject will become luminous. In this matter of selection, the term typical hnowledge will express what I mean. Another error in institute instruction is to dwell by preference on what is merely curious, as the casting out of the 9's, the cause of the gulf stream, hair- splitting iu grammatical analysis, minute subdivisions in elementary sounds, subtleties in pronunciation, and quib- bles in general. An error of a more general nature, an error that is almost a vice, is the complaisant in- dulging in mere platitudes, in anecdotes, jests, and pleasantries, chiefly as a convenient means of consuming time and of making one's self popular. An anecdote that is a pat illustration is wholly legitimate; it en- forces a point in the instruction, and it puts one's audi- 820 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. tory in good-humor — two excellent things. If we keep in mind the obvious fact that the purpose of the insti- tute is to instruct rather than to please, but that we may please in order the better to instruct, we shall not be likely to fall into errors on this point. To recapitulate: tlie utmost tliat an institute of a week, or even of two weeks, can undertake to do in sub- ject-matter, is a rapid review of the typical or more im- portant topics. In a session of four or six weeks, this review can be more extended and more minute. Assuming, as I tliink we must, that those who attend the institute have a considerable mastery of subject-mat- ter, and that the most that can be done in this line is re- view and revival, we find that the more distinctive and characteristic purpose should be to impress upon teach- ers the general nature of each subject, and the best methods of instructing and governing. In other words, the institute is true to its proper function in so far as it is instrumental in communicating professional knowl- edge, properly so-called. I will take a very simple case to illustrate what I mean : Why should a child be taught to read ? In teaching primary reading, what is the problem the teacher has to solve? How is the new (printed) vocabulary related to the old (spoken) ? What methods have been used to teach children this new vo- cabulary ? Which method shall we select, and on what ground shall we base our choice? What knowledge does a child need in order to name new words for him- self? Systematic instruction in the line of these questions seems to me typical of the best work that an institute can do. In the best sense, it is professional work in one of its phases. It gives teachers a knowledge of the THE INSTITUTE AND THE BEADING CIRCLE. 321 agencies at their command, and so makes possible the facile and versatile use of these instruments. In giv- ing instruction of this kind, I think the following order should be observed : The purpose for which the subject is taught ; its nat- ure, as shown by a proximate analysis ; and a rational method of presenting the subject. Insti'uction in geog- raphy, for the purposes of an institute, might then take this form : (1) The purpose of geographical study is to produce in the pupil's mind a vivid conception of the earth as the dwelling-place of man. (2) The unit of study is the earth, considered chiefly with reference to its surface ; this unit is so vast, and the most of its surface so remote, that the greater part of the knowledge required must be gained at second hand, through books. (3) In accordance with the general psychological law that the mind works downwards from the whole to the parts, and from the vague to the definite, the first pres- entation should be the artificial globe as the representa- tive of the earth ; and when the grand outline has been made somewhat articulate by subdivisions, the details should be supplied from the text, and thus a definite whole reconstructed out of the original vague whole. Of course this is only suggestive. A different phi- losophy would involve a different method of proce- dure. Another branch of professional knowledge, of capital importance to all who teach, is method as related to school organization and government. In fact, in the or- der of time, this knowledge is prior to that just dis- cussed ; for before a school can be taught, it must be or- 14* 823 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. ganized, and when organized, it must be governed to save it from disintegration. "While the final purpose of the school is instruction, it ia nevertheless true that the real efficiency of the school is chiefly related to the mode and degree of its organization and discipline. Teachers should be taught to aspire to a high type of school organization and government, and the principles and rules of this art should be expounded with all possi- ble clearness. In a thing so apparently simple as the making of a programme, there is involved a large amount of pedagogical knowledge. To do such a piece of work intelligently and well is a high accomphsh- ment, of which only a comparatively few are capable. To organize and grade a public school, and to provide it with a suitable course of study, I believe to be one of the highest feats of pedagogic skill. At least the ele- ments of these arts should be taught in the institute ; and the work I have attempted to outline in this section should be ranked as one main part of the scheme of in- struction. When it can be done under proper condi- tions, a most interesting and instructive item in the in- stitute programme is the concrete illustration of method by means of an actual class exercise, as in reading, spell- ing, or number. Elementary exercises are the best for this purpose, as children are least likely to suffer from self-consciousness. It is unsafe, however, to improvise a class for this purpose. A skilful teacher with her own class can alone be reasonably sure of success. What has been said thus far relates chiefly to subject- matter and to method ; and the belief has been expressed that the limitation of time restricts the instruction given in the institute by preference to method. Assuming that teachers have some competence in the branches to THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 823 be taught, our efforts should be directed mainly to lead- ing them to know how to instruct, how to organize, and how to govern. At this point it is necessary to say a word with refer- ence to what we may call the subjective element of pro- fessional knowledge; that part of psychology which bears on the presentation of knowledge and its elaboration into faculty, habit, opinion, common-sense. He must be a bold man who would dare defy public opinion, and at- tempt to bring any considerable amount of this instruc- tion into an institute. But I venture to say that much of this grade of instruction ought to be given. In every institute there will be at least a few minds of the better order, that find delight in reflecting on the rationale of methods ; and there are many more that might be easily provoked to this kind of tliinking. For these reasons, it seems to me plain that, in every instance, something in this line of instruction shonld be done ; just a little, probably, but still something. I see no good reason why the average teacher may not be interested in know- ing the general mode of mental growth, and the parts that are played in this process by sensation, memory, imagination, and judgment. The oflBce of language in the process of instruction is, certainly, not easy to explain or to comprehend-; but 1 see no reason why at least the outlines of this subject might not be brought down to the understanding of the average thinker. One valid test of good teaching is the extent to which it induces in pupils the ability to think and the habit of thinking; and I see no reason why the instruction given in an in- stitute should not be valued by the same standard. In the progress of my discussion thus far, I have made incidental mention of several topics that are of prime im- 324 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. portance in the actual management of institutes. These topics will now be considered in moderate detail. 1. As between class instrnction and instruction by lecture, which is preferable for institute use ? Where so much must be done in such a short space of time, the question of method is all -important. . The broad distinction between lecturing and teaching must be kept in mind. In mere lecturing the pupil is per- mitted to know; he has an opportunity to learn; he may learn if he will. On the part of the pupil, the lect- ure presupposes a mind already alert, already bent on serious acquisition ; or its purpose may be merely to awaken and stimulate a desire to know, — to implant a strong motive for acquisition. Class instruction, on the contrary, causes a pupil to know. Here the teacher comes into close relations with the pupil, and puts him under obligations to know. The actual difference is about the same as that between advising and command- ing. As a general rule, tlie eflBciency of instruction by lecture rises in proportion to the growing ability and in- terest of the learner ; its efficiency is greatest where there is the greatest maturity of intellect and scholarship, and least wiiere tiie degree of intellectual awakening is low- est.* The chief circumstances that favor the adoption of the lecture method are the following : Tiie need of awakening a strong interest in a subject; the need of teaching the outlines of a subject within a short space of time ; and the need of teaching matter new in sub- stance or in form, and therefore inaccessible by other means. * On this general subject see Porter's " The American College and the American Public," p. 119. THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 335 If these distinctions are well-founded, I think it fol- lows that, in a session of one week, the typical mode of institute instruction is by lecture, and tliis for the fol- lowing reasons : Not much instruction can be given in subjects, but what is given must be select matter, and must be presented by a process of rapid outlining ; the typical work of such an institute must be instruction in methods and principles, and matter of this sort is inac- cessible save through oral communication ; in all insti- tute work, an object of first importance is the creation of professional enthusiasm and a strong desire for higher attainments. For these ends the lecture method is pre- eminently serviceable. It is not necessary to assume that, in this process of instruction, the pupil is merely a passive recipient. lie may be this, but he need not be. In general, lecturers do not require their hearers to reproduce the substance of wliat has been communicated, the retention and as- similation of the subject-matter being left to voluntary choice ; but, in an institute, there is no good reason why there may not be a recitation of what has been present- ed in the lecture. As a means towards this end, I be- lieve that systematic note-taking is essential. I know that independent note-taking is a high accomplishment, and that the ordinary attendants at an institute are inca^ pable of it ; but it is practicable for the lecturer to dic- tate the main points of the lesson, and to require tlie ac- curate transference of these to the note-books. These summaries will allow the pupil to recall the oral exposi- tions, and will serve as the basis for the desired recita- tions. With these qualifications, I believe tlie lecture method is the one best suited to an institute of short du- ration. 326 SCIENCE OV EDUCATION. In a session of two weeks considerable instrnction in subjects may be given in a modified form of class-work. The preparation of assigned lessons will scarcely be prac- ticable, but there may be more or less recitation work in the sense that pupils can be examined on set topics, and can be made to exhibit their proficiency by doing some actual work, as parsing, solving examples, and demon- strating principles. Where the institute can be broken up into sections of, say, twenty members each, instruction may be made individual to a considerable extent, instead of being given to the institute in bulk. Where instruc- tion is given to the collective hody, there is such a divis- ion of responsibility that inattention is always imminent. In a small number the fear of consequences keeps each mind on the alert. The most satisfactory institute work I have seen done was in a session of two weeks, where the conductor had three assistants. The first hour in each session was de- voted to a lecture on some professional subject by tlie conductor, given to the whole body of teachers. The institute was then broken up into three sections, and these passed in succession from one assistant to another, so that, besides the general lesson, each member, in every session, had been instructed in three topics, as arithmetic, grammar, and geography. It seems to me that this is very near the ideal mode of conducting a two weeks' institute, as it preserves the normal proportion between the two methods of instruction. I do not know that any essential modification would be needed for sessions of three or four weeks. I have already referred to the fact that a serious lim- itation upon the work of an institute is the heterogeneous character of its membership as to interest, intent, and THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 827 ability ; and every conductor must have debated the question, whether a grading of the institute is practi- cable. No one can doubt that substantial advantages would come from a sorting of teachers on the basis of ability, and from the opportunity thus given of making the instruction more individual ; nor can any one doubt that such a classification is theoretically possible. The main difficulty lies in the cost of such an organization. In general, a multiplication of grades multiplies the teach- ing force, and hence the cost of instruction. With three grades the work is trebled, and, if the work of the pres- ent teaching force is not also to be trebled, there must be three titnes the number of instructors. This difficulty is greatly increased on the supposition that, at the second session of the institute, three grades of new-comers are to be added to the three already established. Taking into account all the difficulties in the case, it seems to mc that a real grading of the institute is impracticable ; and that, for the present at least, the skill of the conductor must be taxed to interest and instruct a heterogeneous mem- bership.* The greatest difficulty to overcome is the in- difference of teachers; and one of the best tests of the ability of an institute instructor is his success in arousing an early interest in the work in hand. In some cases county examiners supply a motive for attending the in- stitute, but, so far as I know, there is not as yet a motive sufficient to make teachers take an active interest in the * When the teaching force permits the xJividing of the member- ship into three sections there may be a, modified grading, as fol- lows : form one section out of the young and inexperienced ; an- other out of those who have taught for a limited time ; and place the most competent in the third section. The instructors may thus adapt themselves somewhat to the needs of these three classes. 328 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. instruction that is offered. If, at the close of the session, the members could be examined on certain portions of the work done, and some tangible credit could be awarded for their proficiency, one of the greatest difficulties in institute management would be overcome. I have now presented the main elements of the insti- tute problem as it lies in my own mind, and my discus- sion of this question has been based on experience rather than upon any assumed theory of what ought to be or might be. It is very easy to describe the ideal institute, where everybody shall be pleased and instructed ; but whoever knows from actual experience the real difficul- ties of this work will speak with great moderation and with many reservations. There is no feat in teaching so difficult as that of interesting and instructing the hetero- geneous raembersliip of an institute ; and he who does not feel the need of revising his methods after each at- tempt at the practical solution of this problem has not yet learned its simplest elements. All who are engaged in this variety of educational work have yet much to learn by study, by experience and conference ; but it is fair to remember that many of the imperfections of this work are inherent in the mate- rial with which we have to do. These inherent difficul- ties will persist in spite of us; we must court fresh ac- cessions of skill, to the end that we may overcome the obstacles that beset our progress; but if, after all our forethought and effort, the results are disappointing, we must do ourselves the justice to remember that we are not responsible for the limitations of time, for inequali- ties of membership, or for original ignorance and indif- ference. THE INSTITUTE AND THE READING CIRCLE. 329 The following recapitulation will close this part of the discussion : 1. The institute should be regarded as the chief agency now at our command for communicating some measure of professional knowledge and some degree of the pro- fessional spirit to the great mass of teachers who have had no preparatory training. 2. The institute should supplement, not supersede, the normal school. It should not claim to give even the elements of academic education, or to communicate in full the theory and the art of teaching; but should in- spire its membership with a determination to gain the helps that are offered by larger courses of instruction, or, when this is impossible, to pursue a systematic course of self-instruction by reading and study. 3. The aim of the institute should be ratlier to com- municate the best methods of organizing, governing, and instructing, than to teach subject-matter; and the in- struction in subjects should be mainly in the line of re- view and revival. 4. When practicable, instruction should be made in some measure individual by an organization by sections, and in this class instruction pupils should be made to take some active part. 5. In short sessions, instruction by lecture and note- taking is preferable ; but recitation should form, a part of every exercise. In longer sessions class-work should be brought into greater prominence. 6. The best work of the institute should be regarded as the creation of the scholarly and the professional spirit, a desire to reach high scholastic attainments, and an ambition to attain to artistic excellence in teaching. An incidental purpose served by the institute is too 830 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. important to be overlooked. I mean the wholesome ef- fect which it may have on the communities in which it is held, in the way of a better educational sentiment among the people. In many cases a school of a high type is impossible by reason of the backwardness and inertia of public opinion. The people themselves must be educated up to a certain point befoi-e an enlightened and skilful teacher can do his best work. There are numberless instances in which a new era in the history of a school has dated from the time when a good insti- tute excited an interest in better methods, and gave moral support to teachers struggling against the inertia of pub- lic opinion. This tonic effect of the institute is produced in pai-t through the lectures and class-exercises of the day ses- sions ; but chiefly, I think, through the evening lectures delivered by persons who speak with some degree of au- thority. Such lectures, to be of real service, should bear on educational themes, and sliould be of a character to interest a popular audience. These lectures may fail of their purpose either by being too technical, or by bearing on themes exclusively literary, scientific, or historical. Even when administered under the most favorable cir- cumstances the institute cannot be counted'on to produce on the teaching class what may be called a constitutional effect. A few minds of the better order may be affected permanently by it ; by the temporary stimulus they may be enlisted in a systematic course of improvement; but it is to be feared that the greater number of those who attend the institute speedily return to their former state of indifference as to professional improvement. The popular lecture is by no means a substitute for the libra- ry or the school. It is invaluable as a stimulus to read- THE INSTITUTE AND TIJE BEADING CIRCLE. 331 ing and study, and if it does not lead to this result it is to be counted only as a pastime. So the institute is a stimulus which ought to be supplemented by some means of continuous self-improvement. Only a very small num- ber of those who attend the institute can attend the nor- mal school, the college, or the university; but all who will may pursue a systematic course of reading in the line of self -improvement. This supplementary agency is now in process of organization under the general name of the reading circle. The purpose of this new organ- ization is to support earnest and intelligent teachers in their efforts towards self-improvement, and to stimulate the careless and unprogressive to a diligent use of their leisure moments. It is too early to describe the reading circle as an actual fact, but it is permissible to discuss the conditions which seem essential to ifs ultimate suc- cess. 1. Teachers need to be told in definite terms, by some authority considered competent, both the quality and the quantity of work that can reasonably be undertaken. Many teachers do not undertake the work of self-im- provement because they do not know where to begin and how to proceed, and this degree of support is all the ex- ternal aid they need. 2. The purpose of the reading circle may be very easily defeated by proposing to teachers too formidable a task. It must be recollected that the spare time of the average teacher is very limited, and that he has no con- firmed intellectual habits that make study easy and agreeable. 3. As intellectual breadth and literary culture are among the most precious endowments of the teacher, it would evidently be unwise to make the course of reading 333 SCIENCE OF EDUCATION. wholly, or even mainly, professional. If it were neces- sary to make an absolute choice between a course of reading in general literature and a course of technical instruction, I think preference should be given to the former. But it is not necessary to make such a choice, and so the study of methods and doctrines should be re- lieved and brightened by readings in literature and his- tory. 4. What Mr. Bain has happily called * " intrinsic charm" cannot be relied on, in most cases, as a snflScient stimulus to sustained effort. For the most part, this is an emotion which follows as the result of less worthy modes of stimulation. In the beginning, the staple mo- tives must bo the hope of some tangible reward and the fear of some impending loss. The reward hoped for and labored for may very properly be a credit on the ex- aminer's book for work done in the reading circle ; and the propulsive motive may be a reasonable fear that un- willingness to work for self-improvement may be con- strued as a disqualification for the teaching service. 5. It is plain that the authorized examiners should be officially associated with the administration of the read- ing circle, since they alone can bring the two motives noted above to bear on the teachers within their juris- diction. It may safely be predicted that the reading circle will prosper where examiners are thoroughly in- terested in the progress of their schools; but that it will languish where tiiese officials are indifferent to the qual- ity of the teaching service within their jurisdiction. 6. To make credits for the work done a reliable and tangible factor in determining a teacher's right to a license, some systematic and eqnitable mode of exaraina- * ''Education as a Science," p. 28. THE INSTITUTE AND THE BEADING CIRCLE. 333 tion must be devised. All examinations for a license miglit very properly be made to bear on important por- tions of the reading-circle course ; and if this were done, the two motives already mentioned would at once be brought into efficient play. APPENDIX. THE STUDY OF EDUCATION IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN. Requests for information, that are addressed to me from time to time, induce me to make a somewLat detailed statement of the work attempted to bo done in the University of Michigan in the study of education. As this kind of university work is essentially new to this country, whatever may have been done or attempted in it, in any one institution, becomes, to a certain ex- tent, a matter of public interest. So far as I am concerned, my work, both in plan and execution, has been tentative. Indeed, in all new ventures, where precedent and tradition fail, the most carefully devised plans must be held subject to correction and revision by experience. The men who are engaged in this new variety of university work doubtless owe it to the public to con- tribute to the body of recorded experience, to the end that each new attempt may be made from some established vantage- ground. The movement that resulted in the establishment of the chair of the Science and the Art of Teaching in the University of Michigan had been contemplated for several years by President Angell, and public attention had been explicitly called to the need of such instruction in several of his annual reports. The introduction of such a subject into the university curriculum was held to be justified by a state of facts of long standing. From the earlier days of the University, the higher and more responsi- ble places in the public-school service of the state had been held by men who had received their training in this institution ; and 330 APPENDIX. ■with the progress of the University and with the growing impor- tance of its relations to the high schools, this means of recruit- ing the higher teaching service of the state has become an his- torical fact of no little significance. The report of the Superin- tendent of Public Instruction for 1883 shows that there were at that time twenty-seven public schools, each employing fifteen or more teachers. Of these twenty-seven schools, sixteen had superin- tendents who were educated in the University, six were in charge of men who were educated in schools outside of the state, and five were supervised by graduates of the State Normal School. This statement is suflBciently significant, but it does not exhibit the full extent to which the University has become the source froni which the higher teaching force of the state is recruited. For example, in the Detroit high school there are seven assistants who were educated in the University, and this case is typical of the state of affairs in other first-class high schools. Under this condition of educational aSairs the logic of the case is very sim- ple and very conclusive. "The function of the university," says Mr. Fitch, " is to teach, and to supply the world with its teachers." In fact, the University of Michigan had for years been performing this fiinction, but in an informal, nnintentional way. Why not give the undergraduate who purposes to teach the opportunity to learn, at least, the theory of his art, in a more or less articulate manner, as a preparation for the public-school service ? Why not teach in the University the cardinal doctrines of education, so that the entire public - school system of the state may be affected through a process of downward diffusion ? Graduates of the University are called to supervise the more im- portant public schools of the state. Why should they not have the opportunity to learn the theory of school supervision ? From another point of view the importance of making edu- cation a university study is, if possible, still more apparent. When we consider that education is one of the most compre- hensive of subjects, that the theme has been enriched by the re- flections of the wisest and best of all times, and that to be a APPENDIX. 337 teacher or an educator in some degree is the common vocation of all, it is plain that the study of education has a pre-eminent claim on the attention of the general student, both on account of its value for guidance and as a means of liberal training. To the student who purposes to teach, this subject has a high professional value, and to the student in pursuit of a liberal education it is of, at least, co-ordinate importance with many subjects that are thought requisite for the attainment of a degree. Such considerations as those now recited appeared valid to the Regents, and by a unanimous vote they established a pro- fessorship of the Science and the Art of Teaching, and, at the opening of the academic year 1879-80, I undertook the duties of this new chair — new not only to this University, but, in its scope and purpose, new to the universities of this country. There had been a precedent of long standing in Germany, that " native land of pedagogy," as a French author says, and in Scotch uni- versities, those of Edinburgh and Glasgow.* In this country there was the chair of Mental and Moral Philosophy and Didac- tics in the University of Iowa, and a normal department in the University of Missouri. Since 1879-80 -such chairs have been established in Johns Hopkins University, in Cornell University, in the universities of Wisconsin and Kansas, and in De Pauw University. In organizing the courses of instruction the general aim was to offer opportunities for the study of education in its three main phases, the practical, the scientific, and the historical. It was seen from the start that one difficulty in the way was the feeling that the subject was an uninteresting and a narrow one — uninteresting, because it was hackneyed, every one thinking that he had more or less competence in it ; and narrow, because it was assumed to be confined to the routine of the schoolroom. * The liistory of this new educational movenacnt in'Scotland may be read in the very yaluable and interesting essay by David Koss, "Education as a University Subject," Glasgow, 1883. 15 838 APPENDIX. It was felt that it would be unwise, on the stavt, to dwell on the scientific aspects of the educational problem, because of the feel- ing that teaching was only an art, almost a handicraft, without a basis in the philosophy of spirit. Even in university circles, where teaching should be a fine art, drawing its highest inspira- tion from the science of knowledge and the science of mind, there is often a shallow scepticism as to the possibility and even the desirability of making education a rational art. It was plain to me and my advisers that the art phase of the subject should be presented first ; but with such constant reference to principles and doctrines that a taste might be gradually formed for the more fruitful aspects of the study — the scientific and the his- torical. It was never the intent to duplicate, in any respect, the work of the State Normal School ; for, from the first, its field of opera- tions had been predetermined by the limits of its academic course of study. It is a school of secondary instruction, and so the scholarship of its graduates is simply on a par with the scholar- sliip that is attained in high schools of the first class. If there is any well-established principle in school economy it is this: the scholarship of the teacher should be considerably broader than the scholarship of his most advanced pupils. This law at once determines, on a priori grounds, that status of normal schools with respect to the supply of teachers, and the histori- cal confirmation of this law is seen in the facts above recited, from which it appears that, after a prosperous career of more than thirty years, there were but five schools in the state em- ploying fifteen or more teachers that were under the supervision of graduates from the State Normal School, while sixteen such schools were supervised by men who had their training in this University. It is thus seen that the upper limit of what we may call the normal field, and the lower limit of the university field, fall somewhat within the high-school grade of the public- school system. In providing for the professional study of edu- cation in the University, there was never a thought of making APPENDIX. 339 the slightest encroachment on the actual and historical territory of the Normal School ; and during the last seven years there has been no evidence that the line defining the tvro fields has been sensibly disturbed. The simple outcome of the new movement in the University has been this : the greater number of the men and women who enter the public-school service from the Uni- versity have made some degree of special preparation for their duties ; if the professional instruction they have received had not been given here, it would not have been gained at all. By just so much there has been a net gain to the state. If the establishment of a course in the study of education in the universities shall lead to a clear definition of the prov- ince of the normal school, great good will accrue to the pub- lic-school service. It is scarcely to be doubted that in time past this school has attempted to do what, in the very nat- ure of its organization, it caimot do, and by so much has neg- lected to do what it might and should do. The impossible thing it has presumed to undertake is to educate teachers for the highest places in the public-school service, for positions where the first need is a liberal education and a comprehensive knowledge of the educational problem ; and the possible and proper thing it has left in some neglect is the education of teach- ers for the rural schools and for the subordinate places in graded schools. In the education of teachers, then, the university and the nor- mal school have independent spheres of activity ; or, if there is any common ground, it is a narrow tract within the high-school grade that has always been common ground and is doubtless destined always to remain so. So long as both schools remain true to their constitutional functions, there can be no valid basis for competition or rivalry. In their academic work the respective graduates of these institutions are separated by four years of scholarship. In what intelligible and respectable sense can a university be said to compete with a secondary school, or a secondary school with a university ? An apology might be de- 340 APPENDIX. manded for dwelling on such truisms, had not some recent events shown that broad distinctions sometimes escape notice. It was not expected that opportunities could be afforded for experimental or practice -work by the students who might elect the courses in Teaching. It was not even desired. When I per- mit myself to do my own thinking, I feel forced to regard the popular appreciation of practice-schools as an illusion ; though, when I reflect on the fact of this general appreciation, I conclude, for the moment, that I must be in error. Considering the par- ticular educational problem I have been set to solve, I cOuld not well have a practice school if I would; and from all the light that comes, to me from observation and' reflection I would not have such an adjunct to my work if I could. My main reasons for this conclusion have been' given in a previous chapter,* and need not be restated here. This popular illusion, as I have ventured to call it, has been begotten of false analogies. Of the two great categories of employments, the manual and the mental, teaching falls clearly within the second ; and the art of teaching is distinguished from most employments of its class by the circumstance that in it there is a maiximum of the mental and a rniuimum of the manual. In the learning of every art, knowing precedes doing; and in a mere manual art, the major part of the learning process must consist in making experiments on brute matter that will not resent clumsy manip- ulation ; but in an art like teaching the major part of the learn- ing process is mental, and almost the whole preparation consists in forming clear conceptions of the processes that constitute the art. The forming of these conceptions I hold to be the almost exclusive aim of the strictly professional part of normal instruc- tion, and for this purpose there is no need of a school of chil- dren on whom experiments are to be wrought by apprentice teachers. Another preliminary must be added ; there is no " normal department " in the University of Michigan, but instruction in * "The Normal-School Problem," Chapter XVI. APPENDIX. 341 teaching is administered just as all other instruction is, save that it is all elective, none being necessary for graduation, but all counting tovi^ards the attainment of a degree. In fact, it is only through the elective system that it seems possible to restore to universities their historic function of supplying tlie world with its teachers.* The unorganized state of educational science should be noted as a serious obstacle in the way of those who are charged with this kind of university work. The professor of geology would think his task a very serious and difficult one if his science were still a rudis indigestaque moles, if he were obliged to draw his materials in fragments from miscellaneous books and periodical literature, and then tentatively to formulate his knowledge pari passu with his teaching. This is a faint illustration of the actual state of educational science and of the actual difficulties in the way of those who are attempting to expound it. For a long time to come the greater labor of those who are giving uni- versity instruction in education will consist in the work of col- lating and formulating. That there is a science of education in posse no thinker doubts, and that there is abundant material ready to be organized by the educational thinker is quite as ap- parent ; but that there is such a compact body of educational doctrine already formulated, as easy and pleasant teaching re- quires, no one will assert. With this statement of the general conditions under which my work was undertaken, I turn to give an account of the courses of instruction that have been offered, and of results in the way of attendance. For the years 1879-80 and 1880-81 two courses were offered, as follows : FIKST SEMESTER. 1. Practical. Embracing school supervision, grading, courses of study, examinations, the art of instructing and governing, school architecture, school hygiene, school law, etc. * See "Education as a University Study," Cliapter XV. 343 APPENDIX. SECOND SEMESTER. 2, Historical, Philosophical, and Critical. Embracing his- tory of education, the comparison and criticism of the systems in difiEerent countries, the outlines of educational science, the science of teaching, and a critical discussion of theories and methods. In each of these courses there were two exercises per week during the year 18^9-80, and four exercises per week during the year 1880-81. The basis of work in Course 1 was my " Chapters on School Supervision," the text being supplemented by lectures introducing the additional topics. As I had antici- pated, I found that I bad two quite distinct classes of students, some who proposed to become superintendents and principals of schools, and others who were chiefly interested in class work. At the end of the second year the instruction in general school management was set ofE by itself, constituting Course 3, with thfe text just named. After this division, Course 1 was devo- ted to instruction in ordinary schoolroom work, on the basis of Fitch's "Lectures on Teaching." The number of students electing Course 1 in 18'79-80 was thirty-two, and the first trial of the " new departure " was fairly successful. Course 2, as described above, was given for the first time by lecture, but owing to my unfamiliarity with this mode of in- struction, to the unorganized state of the science I attempted to teach, and somewhat to the assumed unreality and inutility of the science of education, the result was unsatisfactory to myself, and, I doubt not, to my pupils. In giving the course the second time I sought to avoid these diflBculties by using Bain's " Edu- cation as a Science " as the basis of my instruction. I found a great gain in using a printed text, and even more in finding a sanction for my theme in the name of such an eminent writer. There was a drawback, however, in the extreme abstruseness of the treatment and in the limitation on the number and kind of topics I wished to present. This text was used for two years, APPENDIX. 343 but in the fourth year it was superseded by my " Outlines of Educational Doctrine," which I had written for this purpose. With a view to giving a fuller opportunity for discussing some of the larger questions in the science of education, Course 4 was organized in 1880-81. In this course for 1883-84, the time was devoted to a critical study of Spencer's " Education ;" a study of Rousseau's " Emile '' was made in the course for 1884-85 ; and a study of Laurie's " Life of Comenius" is now in progress. A little time was given to the history of education in connection with Course 2 in 1880-81, by means of a reprint that I had caused to be made of the article " Education " in the ninth edition of the "Encyclopaedia Britannica." In 1882-83, Course 5 was organized for the study of the history of educa- tion, and for three years instruction was given by lecture. Up to the present time, Courses 3, 4, and 5 have required but two hours per week of recitation work, but for the future they will be three-hour courses. For the year 1885-86 a new course, 6, was ofEered, on the comparative study of educational systems, and Course 5 was continued for the second semester. The scheme of instruction, then, as now organized, stands as follows : 1. Practical. The art of teaching and governing; methods of instruction and general schoolroom practice ; school hygiene ; school law. Recitations and lectures. Text -book: Fitch's " Lectures on Teaching." Four-fifths Course. 2. Theoretical and Critical. Recitations and lectures. Text-book : " Outlines of Educational Doctrine." Four-fifths Course. 3. School Supervision. Embracing general school manage- ment; the art of grading and arranging courses of study; the conduct of institutes, etc. Recitations and lectures. Text-book : " Chapters on School Supervision." Three-fifths Course. 4. Seminary. For the study and discussion of special topics in the history and philosophy of education. Three -fifths Course. 5. The History of Education. (First Semester : Ancient 344 APPENDIX. and Middle Age.) Text-book : " Compayre's " History of Peda- gogy." Three-fifths Course. 6. The Comparative Study of Educational Systems. Lectures. Two-fifths Course. 7. The History of Education. (Second Semester: Mod- ern.) Text-book : Corapayr6's " History of Pedagogy." Three- fifths Course. A prescribed course of reading is pursued in connection witli Courses 1 and 2. Either Course 1 or Course 2 is requisite to obtain a Teacher's Diploma. The extent to which these courses of study have been at- tended may be seen from the following tabular statement : '79-80. '80-81. '81-82. •82-83. '83-84. '84-85. '86-86. No. of Courses offered Students in Practical Courses. . Students in Theoretical Courses Students in Historical Course. . 2 2 4 5 5 5 7 32 65 41 62 50 21 48 CI 4 44 59 9 40 69 15 74 70 86 Totals 97 72 93 71 71 51 iia 71 112 78 114 81 180 117 Totals, less Duplicates. . . As yet, no required sequence in the courses has been established. In the case of students of the university grade, I do not think it material whether Course 1 or Course 2 have precedence, pro- vided both are finally taken ; but it seems to me altogether best that Course 2 should precede Course 5, for I cannot see how the facts of experience can be interpreted without some knowledge of fundamental doctrines. As a general rule this work is elected by students in the later part of their course, and many who take up the study of educa- tional doctrines have previously had a training in logic and psychology. Of the two hundred students who received de- grees in the literary department during the years 1883 and 1884, eighty-three had taken one or more of the courses above described. For several years the University has granted, to students who APPENDIX. 345 proposed to teach, a special certificate known as the " Teacher's Diploma," on the following conditions: The Teacher's Diploma will be given to resident graduates and to the students of the University at the time of receiving a bachelor's or a roaster's degree, provided the candidate has com- pleted one of the courses of study offered by the Professor of the Science and the Art of Teaching, and also, at least one of the Teachers' Courses offered by other professors, and by special examination has shown such marked proficiency in the course chosen as qualifies him to give instruction. The " Teachers' Courses," above referred to, are courses of- fered by professors for the express purpose of teaching students how their special subjects are best taught. During the year 1884-85 such Teachers' Courses were given in Greek, Latin, French, and Physics. For some years it has been felt that the Teacher's Diploma granted by the University on such hard conditions should, on the score of simple equity, be made the legal equivalent of the Normal-School Diploma; and a bill to this effect was presented to the legislature of 1884-85. The following statements ex- hibit the grounds on which this legislation was asked for : 1. The Normal-School Diploma is given to students who com- plete a course of study sufiicient to admit them to the University ; who have received a stated amount of professional instruction in the theory and art of teaching ; and have done certain prac- tice work in the experimental school. This diploma entitles the holder to a life license to teach. 2. The Teacher's Diploma from the University is given only to students who have taken a bachelor's degree, i. e., have added four years of scholarship to that which is required of a normal-school graduate ; who have pursued at least one of the Teachers' Courses offered by the University in which pupils do practice work ; and have completed one or more courses of professional instruction in the theory and art of teaching. At the present time this di- ploma has no legal value whatever. 34G APPENDIX. 3. As between the holder of a Normal-School Diploma and the bolder of a Teacher's Diploma from the University, with respect to fitness for teaching, the case stands thus : The amount of professional instruction in the theory and art of teaching is essentially the same in both cases ; the teacher from the Uni- versity has four years more of scholarship than the teacher from the Normal School, but lacks a part of the practice work in the experimental school. The professional instruction being the same in both cases, are not four years of scholarship a fair equivalent for a few weeks' practice work ? Should not both teachers stand on an equal footing before the law ? 4. By the offer of a life license to teach, the state aims to draw into the public-school service young men and women who have completed a course of secondary instruction. Should not at least the same inducement be held out to young men and women who have completed a university course of study ? Through opposition coming from the Normal School this bill was defeated. The main points involved in the theme of this discussion may be summarized as follows : 1. An historical function of the university is to educate teach- ers; and the higher places in the teaching service must be re- crjiited from this source. 2. For the purposes of the general student the study of edu- cation is of at least co-ordinate value with many subjects that have long had a place in the university curriculum. 3. Teaching being almost purely a mental art, the technical part of a teacher's education should consist of definite concep- tions of the ends to be reached, of the means most fit to be em- ployed, and of the principles involved in the use of these means. 4. A comprehensive knowledge of education requires that it should be studied in its three main phases, the practical, the theoretical, and the historical. The phases that are the most proper for university study are the theoretical and the historical. APPENDIX. 847 5. An important function of professorships of education in universities is the investigation and formulation of principles and doctrines, to the end that a science of education may be finally constructed. 6. The other principal function of such professorships is the dissemination of cardinal educational doctrines. The neces- sary course of this dissemination is by a process of downward difEusion from the university to the secondary schools, and from these to the elementary schools.* 7. In the form of a life license to teach, the state offers a reward to young men and women to complete a course of sec- ondary instruction ; much more ought the state to offer such a reward to men and women to complete a university course of training as a preparation to the public-school service. * " Le progres se propage de haut en bas, et cela jusqu'aux dcrniers lim- ites, car la science ne remonte jamais." — IJoussingault. INDEX. Abstract, the, when the child can comprehend, 79 ; why difBcult to interpret, 80. Academic instruction, an element in normal-school work, 298. Accumulation, distinguished from organization, 74. Acquirement has two values, 41, 43. Agricultural college, made popular, 348. Analysis, effect on culture, 59, 84, 294; and synthesis, 70. Apprehension and comprehension, 59. Aristotle, quoted, 34; as authority on science, 43; on peace, 104; his use of the term "Nature," 142; his sanction of slavery, 143; his condemnation of usury, 143; his doctrine of the mean, 183; on political education, 195. Arithmetic, made compulsory by Plato, 31 ; its value, 62. Arnold, Matthew, his definition of education, 185. An Vivendi, 60. Art, contrasted with "Nature," 150. Astronomy, its value, 59. Authority, dependence on, 43; in education, 187, 188. " Bachelor," its meaning, 359. Bacon, quoted, 128. Bain, Alexander, his "Education as a Science," 0; on education values, 37; on the culture value of subjects, 49; on the science of education, 123. Bentham, on the term " Nature," 139. Bias, quoted, 138. Biber, Dr., quoted on Pestalozzi's school, 338. Bible, the, its use in school, 310, 311 ; in Cincinnati, 311, 314. Bonnal, the type of villages redeemed by a wise teacher, 250. Books, their office, 39, 98. 189. Borrowed interest, as a motive, 85. Bushman, 42, 44. Capitalization, possible only to human beings, 154. Caste, just and unjust, 235. 350 INDEX. Champollion, 171. Chemistry, its value, 60. Child mind, how it difPers from the adult miud, 19; new conception of, 120. Chinese, conservatism of, 194. Church, the, the mother of the school, 160; and school, 192, 199; an- cient domination of, 202. Citizenship, education for, 195. Classics, easy to decry, 175; must be taught for their literature, 176. Cocker, Dr. B. F., on law and lawyers, 224, Comenius, his use of the term "Nature," 140; his love for the peo- ple, 237. " Commencement Day," its signification, 259. Compayre, G., quoted on moral training, 68; on the improbability of new discoveries in education, 110. Competition, just and unjust, 225. Concrete and abstract, doctrine of, 76-79, 80. Condillac, on genesis of knowledge, 28, 87. Congregations, religious, 206. Conservation, in education, 23. Contemplative knowledge, 68. Conversion, intellectual, 313. Cooley,T. M., on the neutrality of the American public school, 213, 214. Counting, its nature, 80. Cousin, v., on the law of progress, 88. Culture, nature of, 24, 58,67; subjects that yield, 68; test of, 178; essen- tial to teaching power, 288, 289; Plato's conception of, 289; its relation to the useful, 293, 294; effect of analysis on, 294. Definitude, the final term of cognition, 169. Degerando, quoted, on the danger of generalizing, 173. Dickinson, J. W., on the use of books, 99. Disagreeable studies, 28. Disciplinary values, specific and tonic, 57, 58. Dissection, efEect on culture, 59. Distaste for study, what it indicates, 72. Division of labor, applied to learning, 51, 202, 203. "Doctor," its meaning, 259. Doing and knowing, 128, 164. "Education, "Mr. Spencer's, one fallacy in, 50. Education, science of, 4, 7 et seq.; its nature, 14, 126; its material, original and derived, 17; a culture subject, 60; Mr. Bain quoted, 123; problems in, 23, 126; different conceptions of, 14; profes- sional and technical, 24; as a process of rediscovery, 28; new dis- coveries not probable, 110, 118, 119, 198; purpose defined, 114; INDEX. 351 different phases of the prohlem, 116-118; different types, 119; its purpose defined by M. Arnold, 185; the two currents in, 186; the old dominated by authority, 187; ancient, 103; a function of the state,213; dangers in its management by the literary class, 346; the higher should be brought nearer the people, 346,247 ; university study of, 357, 835; professorships of, 264-367, 337; conditions of success in, 277; practice work, 277, 278. Education values, 16, 36, 330, 315; discussed, 31-68; the broadest dis- tinction, 40, 41; disciplinary and practical, the same, 41, 42; not the same, 47-50, 63; practical values, direct and indirect, 51, 52; disciplinary values, specific and tonic, 57; analytical table of, 64, 65; standards for marking, 64; rules for marking, 64, 65; further views on culture values, 66; final classification, 67. Educational hobbies, 369. Educational progress, mode of, 102 ; conservative, 104. Educational theory, not dangerous, 127. Educators, two schools of, 103, 104; due to diCerences in mental con- stitution, 105. Elaboration, mental, 69; the instrument automatic, 70; first analysis, then synthesis, 76. £mile, the, 236. English public schools, 266. Enthusiasm, blind. 111, 113. Enthusiasts, not safe guides, 113, 113. Ephesians, quoted, 22. Euthydemus, anecdote of, 8. Examinations, fault in, 354. Examiner, a considerate, 351, 253. Experience, vicarious, 154. Experiment, in education, 127. Extremes, law of, 22, 188. Extremists, how they are to be interpreted, 113. Farrar, P. W., on Persian education, 133. Feeling and thinking, 83. Fetich worship, 175. Fitch, on forgotten knowledge, 71 ; on teaching as a profession, 218; function of universities, 361, 336; on practice teaching, 395. Fitness for teaching, different conceptions of, 8, 252-354. "Follow nature," in what sense intelligible, 155. Forgotten knowledge, use of, 71, 177. Formalism, in teaching, 247. Formation and information, 134. Froebel, his use of the term "Nature," 141. Generalizations, not harder to interpret than concrete phenomena, 107. 352 INDEX. " Genesis of knowledge in tlie race," 1G9, 188. Geography, its value, 59. Geology, its value, 59. Gillis, John, on Aristotle's method, 143. Gladstone, his greatness, 244. Growth, three orders of, 4; development, 74; doctrine of, 118. Habit, opposed to growth, 295. Hamilton, Sir Wm., quoted 27; his pamphlet on mathematics, 84; on universities, 259, 260. Hand and head, 219. Helvetius, quoted on modest personal estimate, 292. Herring, fecundity of, 44. High schools, courses in, 186. History, its value, 61; Mr. Spencer's estimate of, 63; of education, its effect, 128. History of education, its lessons, 180-198; included in the course of the early normal school, 180; is a culture subject, 180, 181; re- veals the teacher's professional ancestry, 181 ; its value for guid- ance, 182; has never held its proper place in normal schools, 183. "Holy Roman Empire," 165. Human destiny, Mr. Spencer's conception of, 45; another, 46. Human nature, upward tendency of, 110. Huxley, on clearness of statement, 137. Idea versus sensation, 68. Ideals, not dangerous to practical men, 285. Ideas and ideals, 157; plastic power of, 155; how teachera' ideals are to be formed, 159; potency of, 160; Mr. Quick quoted, 160; as motives, 160; possession by, 163; in art, 163. Industrial education, 245. Inheritance and acquisition, 88-91. Inheritance, cannot be alienated, 106. Intellectual training, the first condition of success, 166. Intrinsic charm, as a motive, 85. Jesus, his philantlirophy, 242, 243. Johnson's Cyclopoedia, quoted on mental food, 69. Kindergarten, its place, 135; conception of, 242. Knowledge, two orders of, 1, 221 ; genesis of, 28, 87-101 ; Greek con- ceptions of, 31 ; as food, 69 ; progress in, from apprehension to com- prehension, 76 ; presentative and representative, 76 ; of past, how possible, 76; first-hand and second-hand, 76; knowing and doing, how related, 27, 278; law of progress in, 88-91; test of, 91-93; i}ersus information, 92; a form of belief, 96; two theories of, 97; INDEX. 353 reproduced without the aid of books, 189; chiefly second-hand, 190; vitality of, denied, 278. Kriisi, bis examination, 253. Labor, mental and manual antagonistic, 24 Language, the teaching instrument, 4, 231 ; the instrument of analysis, 79; with Its classifications, an inheritance, 107. Latham, his classification of subjects, 38-40. Latin grammar, once written in Latin, 172. Latino, E. , quoted, 5. Laurie, S. S., quoted on culture value of science, 60; on enthusiasm, 112; on practical teaching, 205; on instruction in dr)ctrinc, 306. Learning, conceived to be a process of rediscovery, 188. Lecky, quoted on secularization in politics, 800. " Leonard and Gertrude," the, 240. Literature, its value, 59, 61. Luther, on teaching, 217. Man, a solitary being, 119; not the victim of environment, 40. Mann, Horace, on the power of the teacher, 217. Marion, quoted on pedagogy, 5; on narrowness, 21; on "Nature," 44; on motives and mobiles, 112. Martincau, Harriet, quoted on patience, 73. " Master of Arts," its meaning, 259. Mathematics, education value of, 34, 57, 61. Memorabilia, quoted, 9. Memory, its office in mental elaboration, 75; domination in ancient education, 193; its use in education, 194; is conservative, 194; exact, 193. Mental aliment, how distributed, 28, 69; to be accumulated in ad- vance of its elaboration, 75; derived from the senses, 81. Mental exercise, two modes of, 70. Mental growth, 31, 69-86 ; what determines kind of, 70 ; automatic and unconscious, 70, 71 ; loss of identity in, 71 ; the element of time, 71; how aliment is distributed, 72; exercise, 73; a progress from confusion to definitude, 74; from apprehension to comprehension, 76; the supply of aliment, 80. Mental progression, 170. Mental reaction, first by resolution, then by integration, 75. Method, not a substitute for scholarship, 313; in normal instruction, 292; uniformities in, should be merely typical, 297; defined, 301; a means of teaching, 303-304. Mill, J. S., on inference, 94; on the use of books, 101. Milo and the calf, 171. Mob, has no brains, 114. Mobiles, 113. 354 INDEX. Mobs, disintegration of, the problem of education, 161. Montaigne, quoted on mental digestion, 71. Morals, how related to knowledge, 165. Motives, propulsive and attractive, 84; intellectual element in, 111; ideas colored by emotion, 160. Mundella, on the secularization of the school in France, 209. Narrow constructionists, 68. "Nature," its meaning, 26; order of, 43; "beautiful economy of," 44; discussion of, 138-156; Dr. Biber on the meaning of the term, 138; Bentham, 139; E. R. Sill, 140; examples of the use of the term, from Comenius, 140; from Rousseau, 141; from Pestalozzi, 141; from Froebel, 141; from Spencer, 141; from Joseph Payne, 142; from Aristotle, 143; from Plato, 143; wider use of the term, 144; order of, 144; what it is to "Follow Nature," 145; a substitute for the old pantheism, 146; conception of, illustrated, 147-149; contrasted with Art, 150; as a teacher, 153; in disci- pline, brutal, 152. Naville, quoted, 43. Neutral school, the, 211. "New Education," defined by F. W. Parker, 103, 182; its claims on the confidence of men, 129; its works, 134. Normal school, its purpose, 10; a professional school, 218; of per- manent value, 273; not a competitor with the university, 275, 338; its field, 275; what it fails to do, 275; the tendency to sub- divide, 275; narrow views, 275; problem of, 281; still in an ex- perimental stage, 281 ; first one at Lexington, 282; a necessity, 285; academic instruction in, 298, 299: three aims of, 300; definition of, 299; professional work in, 305-807; of Michigan, 388, 339, 345, 346. Observation and inference, 94. Occupations, mental and manual, 12; open and closed, 222. Opinion, principles for the formation of, 20; its oscillation, 184; and intelligence, walking by, 290. OrUs rictus, 287. Parker, F. W., quoted on the "New Education," 103. Patience, not a negation, 73. Paul, quoted on the difference between a child's knowledge and a man's knowledge, 74, 118. Payne, Joseph, on Spencer's pansophic scheme, 55; on the culture value of science, 60; on the accumulations of mental food, 75; his use of the term " Nature," 143. Pedagogics, is there such a science? 1; its material, 4. Pedagogue, definition of, 5. INDEX. 355 Pedagogy, as distinguished from Pedagogics, 5; as used by Com- payre, 5. Penmanship, the mental element distinguished from the manual, 164. Pereian education, 133. Personal bias, danger of, 283, 384. Pestalozzi, quoted, 30; on the car of progress, 118, 128; his use of the term "Nature," 141; his love for the people, 338; his "Leonard and Gertrude," 240. Phrenology, definition of, 5. Physics, its value, 60. Physical science, not a culture subject, 60; psychology in, 306. Physiology, its value, 59, 61. Plato, quoted, 31 ; his use of the term " Nature," 143; his repugnance to practical studies, 190; an advocate of a liberal education, 197; definition of culture, 288. Pleasure in prospect, as a motive, 85. Pleasure-giving, as a test of good teaching, 28. "Practical," meaning of, 25. Practice teaching, 278, 304-305, 338, 345, 346; its effect on culture, 395. Preacher, the, and the teacher, 217. "Proceed from the known to the unknown," general discussion of the maxim, 168-174; objection to, 170 ; history of, 171-173; when applicable, 174. Profession, a, what it is, 219 ; and a trade, 222 ; a closed occupation , 233 ; how it protects the people, 332-323; offers rewards to men of talent, 334. Professional instruction, its theory, 378, 337. Professional knowledge, 319, 333, 314. "Professor," its meaning, 259. Professorships of education, 279, 337. Progress, law of, 88-91, 106, 191, 367; three phases of, 104; defined, 111; should be based on intellectual motives, 113; a differentiation of functions, 300. Psychology, whether there is an infant, 18, 130-133: its laws discov- ered, 133; a "new," not probable, 134, 135; basis of teaching, 339, 314, 315. Public school, the, must teach morality, 313; must abandon religious instruction, 313. Question, how it affects the mind, 71. Quick, K. H., quoted on the use of theory, 160. Quintilian, quoted, 171. Reading circle, the, 331-333. Red Indian, 43, 44. 356 ISDEX. Rediscovery, pronounced by Mr. Bain a "bold fiction," 188. Reflection and emotion, 105; seldom combined, 105. Reform, a restoration of rights, 343. Reformation, the, led to popular education, 196. Reformers, exaggerations of, 30, 31. Reid, Thomas, quoted on the formation of general conceptions by children, 79 ; on the use of books, 99. Religion, in American schools, 310. Rcnan, quoted on the culture value of studies, 48; on reflective men, 105; on inheritance, 154. Renouvier, on Socrates, 363. Rewards, offered by society, 335. Richter, J. P., on instruction that anticipates the child's age, 133; on ideals, 163; on supporting religion by reasons, 178. Roman Catholics, their attitude towards the public school, 314-316. Rosenkranz, his "Pedagogics," 8. Rosetta Stone, 171 ; its interpretation a type, 171, 172. Rousseau, quoted, 30, 114, 138, 135; his use of the term "Nature," 141; his love of the people, 335; his ^mile, 336; on habit, 396. Savage, the, his education, 37; his mind, 83; a fair specimen of "Na- ture's " plan of education, 151 ; his mode of education, 151-153. Scholar, Jewish conception of a, 198. Scholarship, determines a teacher's power, 397, 398, 300. Science, definition of, 3; contrasted with art, 11. Secularization of the school, 191, 199-316; in England, 301; of learn- ing, causes of, 303; in France, 307-309. Self-help, in three lines, 316. Sense-training, its tendency, 27, 83. Sentiment, something surer than logic, 179 Sill, E. R., on the term "Nature," 140. Socrates, quoted, 8; identified knowledge and virtue, 161; the move- ment that he inaugurated, 184; his theory of teaching, 189. Spencer, H., quoted 30, 31, 38; on " the relative values of knowledges," 34-37; his theory of human destiny, 45; his pansophic scheme, 55; on history, 63; his doctrine of the genesis of knowledge discussed, 87-101; on the three phases of progress, 104; on ex- tremes, 111; his use of the term "Nature," 141; narrow spirit of his "Education, "345; on education as a university study 371, 372. Stapfor, E., quoted on Jewish schools, 193. State, the, as an educator, 212; opposed by some Protestant bodies, 215; the patron of the normal school, 218. Stewart, Dugald, on the culture value of subjects, 49 on style, 54; on the use of books, 100. INDEX. 357 Subjects, classified as permanent and progressive, 33; art and knowl- edge, 39. Sully, (juoted on supply of aliment, 81 ; on habit, 295. Supervision, school, the three things it should do, 228, preparation for, 386, 337. Sympathy, power of, illustrated, 239. Tablet, the New York, on the Bible in the public-Schools, 214. Tappan, H. P., on the functions of universities, 261; on the priority of their establishment, 266. Taylor, Isaac, quoted on sense-training, 82. Teacher, how differentiated from the scholar, 11, 228-231 ; a philan- thropist, 235. Teachers, humane treatment of, 254, 255, 256; law for the employ- ment of, 268, 336; short tenure of office, 290; should be men of science, 291. Teacher's diploma, 345, 346. Teachers' institutes, the, 309-333; its purpose to supplement the nor- mal school, 310; defined, 310; its limitations, 317; cannot give competence in subjects, 318; faults in mstruction, 319; type of Instruction, 330-322; should give some instruction in psychology, 323; instruction by lecture preferable, 324; need of recitation, 325, note-taking, 325; classwork, 336; classification, 337; a difficult problem, 338; summary of aim and method, 329; effect on com- munities, 330; shortcomings, 330; to be supplemented by the read- ing circle, 331. Teaching, a purely mental art, 166; as a profession, 217-234; its pro- fessional marks, 226-329, 269; why entitled to be regarded as a profession, 231, 233; why a strictly closed occupation, 233, 233; danger from making it a profession, 247; qualifications for, 311- 313; progressive conceptions of, 287; final test of, 287; transient element in, 290, 391 ; recruitment for, 336, 337. Tension of mind, for discipline and culture, 67. Things, a surfeit of, 152. Universit}', made popular, 249; grows, 257; of Edinburgh, 258; an- cient condition of graduation from, 359, 360; a teachers' seminarj', 260; prior to common school, 266; influence upon the normal school, 375. University of Michigan, study of education in, 335-347; establish- ment of chair of Education in, 335-337: courses of instruction, 337, 341-346 ; attendance upon courses, 344. Upham, on the nature of knowledge, 96. "Values, education, 4, 31-68. Versatility, in teaching, 297. 358 INDEX. "Whately, on the test of knowledge, 96. Whewell, Dr., his classiflcation of subjects, 33, 177. Wholeness, essential to culture, 59, 84. Wisdom, does it die with its possessor? 39. ZoBlogy, its value, 60. THE END. BOOKS FOR TEACHERS. Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York. of the following books sad by mail , postage prepaid, to any part of the United States or Canada, on receipt of the price. Methods of Teaching. A Hand-book of Principles, Directions, and "Working Models for Common-school Teachers. By John Swbtt, Principal of the San Francisco Girls' High School and Normal Class. 13mo, Half Leather, f 1 00. " Every teacher may derive immediate practical benefit from its perusal." — F. Louis SoLDAN, Prill. St. Louis Normal School. The Teacher. Moral Influences Employed in the Instruction and Government of the Young. By Jacob Abbott. Illustrated. 12mo, Cloth, 1100. A book intended to detail, in a familiar and practical manner, a system of arrangements for the organization and management of a school, based on tlie employment, as far as is practicable, of Moral Influences as a means of ef- fecting the objects in view. Gentle Measures in Training the Young. By Jacob Abbott. Illustrated. 13mo, Cloth, $1 00. Tliere are few qnestions connected with the early education of children that arc not discussed in the course of the volume, with reference to the leading principle of which it treats; each topic is illustrated by a variety of examples derived from practical life; and the whole treatment of the sub- ject evinces the parental wisdom of the author, his deep insight into the juvenile nature, and his large experience in the work of education. Browning's Educational Theories. An Introduction to the History of Educational Theories. By Oscar Browning, M.A., King's College, Cambridge, England. 16mo, Cloth, 50 cents. It is a concise and popular account of the main lines of thought that have been followed on educational subjects from ancient times to our own day. Mr. Browning -gives a chapter to education among the Greelis; one to Koman education; to Humanistic education; the Realists, the Naturalists, English Humanists and Realists, Locke, tlie Jesuits and Jansenists, Rous- seau, Pestalozzi, Kant, Fichte, and Herbart, and, finally, the Euglish public school. He writes clearly and pleasantly. Books for Teachers. Blaikie's Sound Bodies for our Boys and Girls. By William Blaikie. With Illustrations. 16mo, Cloth, 40 cents, Mr. William Blaikie's new manual cannot fail to receive a warm welcome from parents and teachers, and should be introduced as a worUing textbook into thousands of schools throughout the country. ... A book which ought to be placed at the elbow of every school-teacher. . . . The directions are so simple and sensible that they appeal to the reason of every parent and teacher. Manual of Object-Teaching. With Illustrative Lessons in Methods and the Science of Educa- tion. By N. A. Calkins, Superintendent of Primary Schools of Kew York City. 12rao, Cloth, $1 25. Primary Object-Lessons. By N. A. Calkins. Subjects Treated: Elementary Arithmetic. — Reading — Plwnetics. — Drawing. — Object - Lessons — Form, Color, and Size. — Simple Lessons on the Human Body. 13mo, Cloth, $1 00. Power and Authority of School OflBcers and Teachers In the Jlanagement and Government of Public Schools and over Pupils out of School, as determined by the Courts of the Several States. By a Member of the Massachusetts Bar. 16mo, Clolh, 75 cents. Kennedy's The School and the Family. The School and the Family. The Ethics of School Relations. By John Kennedy, Ex-Instructor in Teachers' Institutes. 16mo, Cloth, 75 cents. Studies in English Literature. By William Swinton, Author of "Harper's Language Scries," and Gold Medallist Paris Exposition, 1878. Embellished with Portraits and Autographs. 8vo, Cloth, $1 20. It is a series of studien in the masters of English, from Shakespeare to the present time. The authors chosen are not only of the first rank, but they also represent epochs of literature, marked phases of style, distinctive con- tributions to literary method. Higginson's Larger History of the United States. A Larger History of the United States of America id the Close of President Jackson's Administration. By Thomas Wentworth HiGGiNSON. Illustrated by Maps, Plans, Portraits, and other En- gravings, pp. xii., 470. 8vo, Cloth, $3 50. Books for Teachers. Stormonth's English Dictionary. A Dictionary of the Englisli Language, Pronouncing, Etymolog- ical, and Explanatory: embracing Scientific and other Terms, Numerous Familiar Terms, and a Copious Selection of Old Eng- lish Words. By the Rev. James Stormonth. The Pronuncia- tion Revised by the Rev. P. H. Phelp, M.A. pp. xiv., 1334. Imperial 8vo, Cloth, $C 00; Half Roan, $7 00; Full Sheep, $7 50. (New Edition.) Seeriiann's Mythology. The Mythology of Greece and Rome, with Special Reference to its Use in Art. From the German of O. Seemann. Edited by G. H. BiAKcni, B.A., late Scholar of St. Peter's College, Cambridge, Brotherton Sanskrit Prizeman, 1875. With 64 Illustrations. 16mo, Cloth, 60 cents. Art students, both professionals and amateurs, will be grateful for the publication of " The Mythology of Greece and Rome, with Special Reference to its Use in Art." To search a classical dictionary for similar material is a terrible task, and one which does not yield all the reward desired ; but in this little book of ihree hundred pages we have all that the dictionaries tell us — frequently more — and besides this we learn of the existing art works of note which have mythological characters for their subjects. — Cliristian Uiiion, N. Y. An admirable little book, which aims at giving — and succeeds in giving — in a moderate compass, a clear and readable account of the legends which have lent a color to all literature, its special advantages lying in the fact that it views the subject as a whole, and so avoids the disconnections and repetitions incident to dictionaries. — iV. Y. World. Manual Training. The Solution of Social and Industrial Problems. By Chakles H. Ham. Illustrated, pp. xxii., 404." 12mo, Cloth, $1 50. The book is one of deep and exceptional value in its clear outline of the industrial system, its fund of practical suggestion, and its application of ethical theories to the advancement of society. — Boston Evening Traveller. This is a highly successful presentation of a subject which, though com- paratively new, is of vital importance to tlio public. It is altogether the ablest and most thorough discussion of manual training yet published, and it cannot fail to be productive of valuable results in promoting larger and sounder views of the functions and ends of education. — Albany Press. It is a book full of wisdom and profitable thought; and much set forth by the author, if practically illustrated, will not fail to bring forth good fruit. — PhiladelpMa North American. Great value the book assuredly has. It marks an epoch in the history of education, and especially of American education. . , . We should bespeak for it a cordial welcome and a careful consideration. — N. Y. World. SHAKESPEARE. WITH NOTES BY WM. J. KOLFE, A.M. The Merchant of Tenice. The Tempest. Jnlins Ceesar. Hamlet. As Ton Like It. Henry the Fifth. Macheth. Henry the Ei^Iith. A Midsnmmer-!Night's Dream. Richard the Second. Kichard the Third. Much Ado About Notlilng, Antony and Cleopatra. Romeo and Juliet. OtlieUo. Twelfth Night. The Winter's Tale. Eing John. Henry IV. Part I. Henry IT. Part II. King Lear. The Taming of the Shrew. All 's WeU That Ends WeU. Corlolanus. Comedy of Ef rors. Cymheline. Merry Wires of Windsor. Measure for Measure. Two Gentlemen of Terona. Lore's Labour 's Lost. Timon of Athens. Henry TI. Part I. Henry VI. Part II. Henry VI. Part UL Troilns and Cressida. Pericles, Prince of Tyre. The Two Noble Kinsmen. Poems. Sonnets. Titus Andronicus. IlLUSTEATED. 16mO, ClOTH, 66 CIS. PER VoL. ; PaPBH, 40 CTS. PEK VOL. Price, per volume, to teachers and school officers for ex- amination, Clcth, 42 cents ; Paper, 30 cents. Correspon- dence regarding terms for introduction, &c., solicited. THE FRIENDLY EDITION OP SHAKESPEARE'S WORKS. Edited by "W. J, ROLFE. Twenty Volumes. Illustrated. IGmo. Sold only in Sets : Sheets^ $27 00 ; Cloth, GUt Tops, $30 00 ; Half Calf, $60 00. PuBLismsD BY HARPER & BROTHERS, New Toek. Any oftlie above works sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States or Canada, on receipt of the price. \